Rho Cloud › Don Quixote

Don Quixote (Ormsby's translation) — Chronicle

Ordered by year where the text states one — taken as written, never inferred. This book has no continuous chronology, so nothing is carried forward: events with no stated year are listed at the end, in chapter order. Every event links back to one sentence of the original.

⭐ Constellation map → · 📖 Read the original → · 🗂 Character index → · 📍 Places →

1006 events · 5 carry a year stated nearby in the text · the rest left undated

1614 (5 events)

1614
Sancho begins the prescribed penance for Dulcinea’s disenchantment by giving himself five lashes.

Part 2, Ch. 36.1 · overnight

Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

He said he had, and had given himself five lashes overnight.

1614
The duchess promises Sancho a suitable scourge for his penance.

Part 2, Ch. 36.1 · to-morrow

the duchess Sancho Panza

So be it by all means,” said the duchess; “to-morrow I’ll give you a scourge that will be just the thing for you

1614
Sancho produces a letter written to Teresa recounting his adventures and governorship plans.

Part 2, Ch. 36.1

Sancho Panza Teresa Panza

Then said Sancho, “Your highness must know, dear lady of my soul, that I have a letter written to my wife, Teresa Panza

1614
The duke has promised Sancho a government.

Part 2, Ch. 36.1

the duke Sancho Panza

when my lord the duke promised it to him nobody ever dreamt of such a thing as lashes

1614
The duchess reads Sancho’s letter and approves it for the duke to see.

Part 2, Ch. 36.1 · 📍 [[this castle]] · the 20th of July, 1614

the duchess Sancho Panza Teresa Panza

No, no,” said the duchess, “this one will do, and I wish the duke to see it.”

Undated

Part 1, Ch. 1.1
Don Quixote sold much of his farmland to purchase books of chivalry.

Part 1, Ch. 1.1

Don Quixote

he sold many an acre of tillageland to buy books of chivalry to read

Part 1, Ch. 1.1
Prolonged reading and lack of sleep caused Don Quixote to lose his wits.

Part 1, Ch. 1.1

Don Quixote

and what with little sleep and much reading his brains got so dry that he lost his wits

Part 1, Ch. 1.1
Don Quixote came to believe the impossible events in chivalric books were historically true.

Part 1, Ch. 1.1

Don Quixote

the whole fabric of invention and fancy he read of was true, that to him no history in the world had more reality in it

Part 1, Ch. 1.2
Don Quixote decides to make himself a knight-errant and pursue adventures.

Part 1, Ch. 1.2

Don Quixote

he should make a knight-errant of himself, roaming the world over in full armour and on horseback in quest of adventures

Part 1, Ch. 1.2
Don Quixote names his hack Rocinante.

Part 1, Ch. 1.2

Don Quixote Rocinante

he decided upon calling him Rocinante, a name, to his thinking, lofty, sonorous, and significant of his condition as a hack before he became what he now was

Part 1, Ch. 1.2
Don Quixote confers the title Dulcinea del Toboso on Aldonza Lorenzo as his imagined lady.

Part 1, Ch. 1.2 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

he decided upon calling her Dulcinea del Toboso—she being of El Toboso—a name, to his mind, musical, uncommon, and significant

Part 1, Ch. 2.1
Don Quixote departs home mounted on Rocinante to begin his quest.

Part 1, Ch. 2.1 · one morning before the dawning of the day

Don Quixote Rocinante

So, without giving notice of his intention to anyone, and without anybody seeing him, one morning before the dawning of the day (which was one of the hottest of the month of July) he donned his suit of armour, mounted Rocinante with his patched-up helmet on, braced his buckler, took his lance, and by the back door of the yard sallied forth upon the plain in the highest contentment and satisfaction at seeing with what ease he had made a beginning with his grand purpose.

Part 1, Ch. 2.2
The innkeeper admits Don Quixote as a guest and offers him lodging at the inn.

Part 1, Ch. 2.2

Don Quixote the innkeeper

“Señor Caballero, if your worship wants lodging, bating the bed (for there is not one in the inn) there is plenty of everything else here.”

Part 1, Ch. 2.2
The innkeeper feeds Don Quixote stockfish and bread, then pours wine through a reed.

Part 1, Ch. 2.2 · Friday

Don Quixote the innkeeper

The host brought him a portion of ill-soaked and worse cooked stockfish, and a piece of bread as black and mouldy as his own armour;

Part 1, Ch. 3.1
The innkeeper agrees to dub Don Quixote a knight.

Part 1, Ch. 3.1 · 📍 [[the inn]] · to-morrow morning

Don Quixote the innkeeper

the boon I have asked and your liberality has granted is that you shall dub me knight to-morrow morning

Part 1, Ch. 3.1
The innkeeper arranges for Don Quixote to watch his armour in the courtyard.

Part 1, Ch. 3.1 · 📍 [[a courtyard of the castle]] · that night

Don Quixote the innkeeper

he might watch it that night in a courtyard of the castle

Part 1, Ch. 3.2
The innkeeper dubs Don Quixote a knight through the accolade and the sword-blow.

Part 1, Ch. 3.2

the innkeeper Don Quixote

Then, reading from his account-book as if he were repeating some devout prayer, in the middle of his delivery he raised his hand and gave him a sturdy blow on the neck, and then, with his own sword, a smart slap on the shoulder, all the while muttering between his teeth as if he was saying his prayers.

Part 1, Ch. 3.2
La Tolosa promises to serve and esteem Don Quixote as her lord.

Part 1, Ch. 3.2

La Tolosa Don Quixote

She promised she would, and then the other buckled on his spur, and with her followed almost the same conversation as with the lady of the sword.

Part 1, Ch. 3.2
Don Quixote leaves the inn as a newly dubbed knight without paying the reckoning.

Part 1, Ch. 3.2

Don Quixote the innkeeper

The landlord, to get him out of the inn, replied with no less rhetoric though with shorter words, and without calling upon him to pay the reckoning let him go with a Godspeed.

Part 1, Ch. 4.1
Juan Haldudo the Rich flogs Andres while punishing him for alleged negligence.

Part 1, Ch. 4.1

Juan Haldudo the Rich Andres

a lusty farmer was flogging him with a belt and following up every blow with scoldings and commands

Part 1, Ch. 4.1
Don Quixote forces Juan Haldudo the Rich to release Andres and pay his unpaid wages.

Part 1, Ch. 4.1

Don Quixote Juan Haldudo the Rich Andres

The farmer hung his head, and without a word untied his servant, of whom Don Quixote asked how much his master owed him.

Part 1, Ch. 4.1
After Don Quixote leaves, Juan Haldudo the Rich rebinds Andres and beats him nearly to death.

Part 1, Ch. 4.1

Juan Haldudo the Rich Andres

and seizing him by the arm, he tied him up again, and gave him such a flogging that he left him for dead.

Part 1, Ch. 4.2
Don Quixote charges at a trader, but Rocinante stumbles and throws him to the ground.

Part 1, Ch. 4.2

Don Quixote a trader

And so saying, he charged with levelled lance against the one who had spoken, with such fury and fierceness that, if luck had not contrived that Rocinante should stumble midway and come down, it would have gone hard with the rash trader.

Part 1, Ch. 4.2
The muleteer breaks Don Quixote’s lance and beats him until he is unable to rise.

Part 1, Ch. 4.2

the muleteer Don Quixote

One of the muleteers in attendance, who could not have had much good nature in him, hearing the poor prostrate man blustering in this style, was unable to refrain from giving him an answer on his ribs; and coming up to him he seized his lance, and having broken it in pieces, with one of them he began so to belabour our Don Quixote that, notwithstanding and in spite of his armour, he milled him like a measure of wheat.

Part 1, Ch. 5
Pedro Alonso brings the injured Don Quixote back to his village.

Part 1, Ch. 5 · when night was beginning to fall

Pedro Alonso Don Quixote

With this talk and more of the same kind they reached the village just as night was beginning to fall

Part 1, Ch. 5
The curate decides to condemn Don Quixote’s chivalric books to the flames.

Part 1, Ch. 5 · to-morrow

the curate

So say I too,” said the curate, “and by my faith to-morrow shall not pass without public judgment upon them, and may they be condemned to the flames lest they lead those that read to behave as my good friend seems to have behaved.

Part 1, Ch. 5
The household carries Don Quixote to bed after finding no actual wounds.

Part 1, Ch. 5

Don Quixote the housekeeper

They carried him to bed at once, and after searching for his wounds could find none

Part 1, Ch. 6.1
The niece gives the curate the keys to Don Quixote’s library.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1

the niece the curate

He was still sleeping; so the curate asked the niece for the keys of the room where the books, the authors of all the mischief, were, and right willingly she gave them.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1
The curate begins examining the books individually instead of destroying them without inspection.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1

the curate the barber

The simplicity of the housekeeper made the licentiate laugh, and he directed the barber to give him the books one by one to see what they were about, as there might be some to be found among them that did not deserve the penalty of fire.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1
The niece and housekeeper demand that every book be destroyed, but the curate insists on reading the titles first.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1

the niece the housekeeper the curate

The housekeeper said the same, so eager were they both for the slaughter of those innocents, but the curate would not agree to it without first reading at any rate the titles.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1
The curate condemns Esplandian, and the housekeeper throws it into the yard for burning.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1 · 📍 [[the yard]]

the curate the housekeeper

Take it, mistress housekeeper; open the window and fling it into the yard and lay the foundation of the pile for the bonfire we are to make.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1
The curate condemns the Amadis books, and the household throws them into the yard.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1 · 📍 [[the yard]]

the curate the barber the niece the housekeeper

Then to the yard with the whole of them,” said the curate; “for to have the burning of Queen Pintiquiniestra, and the shepherd Darinel and his eclogues, and the bedevilled and involved discourses of his author, I would burn with them the father who begot me if he were going about in the guise of a knight-errant.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1
The curate orders additional chivalric books discarded, and the housekeeper carries out his orders.

Part 1, Ch. 6.1 · 📍 [[the yard]]

the curate the housekeeper

“With all my heart, señor,” said she, and executed the order with great delight.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2
The barber orders the housekeeper to remove the large books, and she throws them into the yard.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2

the barber the housekeeper

he told the housekeeper to take all the big ones and throw them into the yard. It was not said to one dull or deaf, but to one who enjoyed burning them more than weaving the broadest and finest web that could be; and seizing about eight at a time, she flung them out of the window.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2
The curate condemns Palmerin de Oliva to burning while preserving Palmerin of England.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2

the curate

Let the Olive be made firewood of at once and burned until no ashes even are left; and let that Palm of England be kept and preserved

Part 1, Ch. 6.2
The curate orders Don Belianis and its sequels kept by the barber and withheld from readers.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2

the curate the barber

that and the second, third, and fourth parts all stand in need of a little rhubarb to purge their excess of bile, and they must be cleared of all that stuff about the Castle of Fame and other greater affectations, to which end let them be allowed the over-seas term, and, according as they mend, so shall mercy or justice be meted out to them; and in the mean time, gossip, do you keep them in your house and let no one read them.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2
The curate spares Tirante el Blanco and sends it home with the barber to read.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2

the curate the barber

Take it home with you and read it, and you will see that what I have said is true.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2
The niece persuades the curate to remove the poetry books as a possible temptation for Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2

the niece the curate

your worship had better order these to be burned as well as the others; for it would be no wonder if, after being cured of his chivalry disorder, my uncle, by reading these, took a fancy to turn shepherd and range the woods and fields singing and piping

Part 1, Ch. 6.2
The curate decides that all remaining books with uncertified contents should be burned.

Part 1, Ch. 6.2

the curate

The curate was tired and would not look into any more books, and so he decided that, “contents uncertified,” all the rest should be burned

Part 1, Ch. 7.1
The housekeeper burns all the books in the house and yard.

Part 1, Ch. 7.1 · That night

the housekeeper

That night the housekeeper burned to ashes all the books that were in the yard and in the whole house;

Part 1, Ch. 7.1
The curate and barber wall up and plaster over the library to hide its disappearance.

Part 1, Ch. 7.1 · immediately

the curate the barber

One of the remedies which the curate and the barber immediately applied to their friend’s disorder was to wall up and plaster the room where the books were

Part 1, Ch. 7.1
Don Quixote discovers that the room containing his books has disappeared.

Part 1, Ch. 7.1 · Two days later

Don Quixote

Two days later Don Quixote got up, and the first thing he did was to go and look at his books, and not finding the room where he had left it, he wandered from side to side looking for it.

Part 1, Ch. 7.1
The housekeeper falsely tells Don Quixote that the devil carried away the books and room.

Part 1, Ch. 7.1 · Two days later

the housekeeper Don Quixote

There are neither room nor books in this house now, for the devil himself has carried all away.”

Part 1, Ch. 7.1
Don Quixote identifies Friston as his enemy and blames him for destroying the library.

Part 1, Ch. 7.1 · Two days later

Don Quixote Friston

So it does,” said Don Quixote, “and he is a sage magician, a great enemy of mine, who has a spite against me

Part 1, Ch. 7.2
Sancho Panza engages himself as Don Quixote’s esquire after being promised an island governorship.

Part 1, Ch. 7.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

On these and the like promises Sancho Panza (for so the labourer was called) left wife and children, and engaged himself as esquire to his neighbour.

Part 1, Ch. 7.2
Don Quixote obtains money and equipment for his second sally.

Part 1, Ch. 7.2

Don Quixote

Don Quixote next set about getting some money; and selling one thing and pawning another, and making a bad bargain in every case, he got together a fair sum.

Part 1, Ch. 7.2
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza secretly leave the village together on their second sally.

Part 1, Ch. 7.2 · one night

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

all which being done, without taking leave, Sancho Panza of his wife and children, or Don Quixote of his housekeeper and niece, they sallied forth unseen by anybody from the village one night

Part 1, Ch. 8.1
Don Quixote attacks a windmill, mistaking it for a giant, and is thrown to the ground.

Part 1, Ch. 8.1 · At this point

Don Quixote

So saying, and commending himself with all his heart to his lady Dulcinea, imploring her to support him in such a peril, with lance in rest and covered by his buckler, he charged at Rocinante’s fullest gallop and fell upon the first mill that stood in front of him; but as he drove his lance-point into the sail the wind whirled it round with such force that it shivered the lance to pieces, sweeping with it horse and rider, who went rolling over on the plain, in a sorry condition.

Part 1, Ch. 8.1
Sancho Panza hastens to Don Quixote and helps him rise after the fall.

Part 1, Ch. 8.1

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Sancho hastened to his assistance as fast as his ass could go, and when he came up found him unable to move, with such a shock had Rocinante fallen with him.

Part 1, Ch. 8.1
Don Quixote attributes the windmills' appearance to Friston's magic and continuing enmity.

Part 1, Ch. 8.1

Don Quixote Friston

the fortunes of war more than any other are liable to frequent fluctuations; and moreover I think, and it is the truth, that that same sage Friston who carried off my study and books, has turned these giants into mills in order to rob me of the glory of vanquishing them, such is the enmity he bears me

Part 1, Ch. 8.1
Don Quixote fashions a replacement lance from a dry branch and the broken lance's head.

Part 1, Ch. 8.1 · Finally

Don Quixote

Finally they passed the night among some trees, from one of which Don Quixote plucked a dry branch to serve him after a fashion as a lance, and fixed on it the head he had removed from the broken one.

Part 1, Ch. 8.2
Sancho Panza is beaten by the muleteers and left breathless and senseless on the ground.

Part 1, Ch. 8.2

Sancho Panza

fell upon Sancho, knocked him down, and leaving hardly a hair in his beard, belaboured him with kicks and left him stretched breathless and senseless on the ground

Part 1, Ch. 8.2
Don Quixote and the Biscayan begin a fierce sword fight, leaving the battle unresolved.

Part 1, Ch. 8.2

Don Quixote Don Sancho de Azpeitia

The Biscayan, when he saw him coming on, though he wished to dismount from his mule, in which, being one of those sorry ones let out for hire, he had no confidence, had no choice but to draw his sword; it was lucky for him, however, that he was near the coach, from which he was able to snatch a cushion that served him for a shield; and they went at one another as if they had been two mortal enemies.

Part 1, Ch. 9.1
A manuscript preserving Don Quixote's history is discovered in the Alcana of Toledo.

Part 1, Ch. 9.1 · 📍 [[the Alcana of Toledo]] · One day

Don Quixote

One day, as I was in the Alcana of Toledo, a boy came up to sell some pamphlets and old papers to a silk mercer, and, as I am fond of reading even the very scraps of paper in the streets, led by this natural bent of mine I took up one of the pamphlets the boy had for sale, and saw that it was in characters which I recognised as Arabic

Part 1, Ch. 9.2
A recovered manuscript is identified as Cide Hamete Benengeli’s history of Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 9.2

Cide Hamete Benengeli Don Quixote

History of Don Quixote of La Mancha, written by Cid Hamete Benengeli, an Arab historian

Part 1, Ch. 9.2
The manuscript containing Don Quixote’s history is translated into Castilian.

Part 1, Ch. 9.2 · 📍 [[the cathedral]] · in little more than a month and a half

Cide Hamete Benengeli Don Quixote

I took him to my house, where in little more than a month and a half he translated the whole just as it is set down here.

Part 1, Ch. 9.2
Don Quixote defeats Don Sancho de Azpeitia and spares his life after a promise to visit Dulcinea.

Part 1, Ch. 9.2

Don Quixote Don Sancho de Azpeitia

Then, on the faith of that promise,” said Don Quixote, “I shall do him no further harm, though he well deserves it of me.

Part 1, Ch. 10.1
Sancho requests the government of an island, but Don Quixote defers the promise to future adventures.

Part 1, Ch. 10.1

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

have patience, for adventures will present themselves from which I may make you, not only a governor, but something more.

Part 1, Ch. 10.1
Sancho renounces the promised island government in exchange for the recipe for Don Quixote’s miraculous balsam.

Part 1, Ch. 10.1

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

I renounce henceforth the government of the promised island, and desire nothing more in payment of my many and faithful services than that your worship give me the receipt of this supreme liquor

Part 1, Ch. 10.1
Don Quixote promises Sancho greater secrets and favours, including teaching him the balsam’s preparation.

Part 1, Ch. 10.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

greater secrets I mean to teach thee and greater favours to bestow upon thee

Part 1, Ch. 10.2
Don Quixote vows to avenge the knight who shattered his helmet.

Part 1, Ch. 10.2

Don Quixote

I swear by the Creator of all things and the four Gospels in their fullest extent, to do as the great Marquis of Mantua did when he swore to avenge the death of his nephew Baldwin

Part 1, Ch. 10.2
Don Quixote withdraws the vengeance oath after Sancho argues the knight fulfilled his obligation.

Part 1, Ch. 10.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Thou hast said well and hit the point,” answered Don Quixote; and so I recall the oath in so far as relates to taking fresh vengeance on him

Part 1, Ch. 10.2
Don Quixote renews an oath of hardship until he takes another knight’s helmet by force.

Part 1, Ch. 10.2

Don Quixote

but I make and confirm it anew to lead the life I have said until such time as I take by force from some knight another helmet such as this and as good

Part 1, Ch. 11.1
The goatherds welcome Don Quixote and Sancho Panza and invite them to share their meal.

Part 1, Ch. 11.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the goatherd

He was cordially welcomed by the goatherds, and Sancho, having as best he could put up Rocinante and the ass, drew towards the fragrance that came from some pieces of salted goat simmering in a pot on the fire; and though he would have liked at once to try if they were ready to be transferred from the pot to the stomach, he refrained from doing so as the goatherds removed them from the fire, and laying sheepskins on the ground, quickly spread their rude table, and with signs of hearty good-will invited them both to share what they had.

Part 1, Ch. 11.1
Don Quixote forces Sancho Panza to sit beside him rather than serve him standing.

Part 1, Ch. 11.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

and seizing him by the arm he forced him to sit down beside himself.

Part 1, Ch. 11.2
Antonio sings a ballad declaring his love for Olalla.

Part 1, Ch. 11.2

Antonio Olalla

Thou dost love me well, Olalla; Well I know it, even though Love’s mute tongues, thine eyes, have never By their glances told me so.

Part 1, Ch. 11.3
The goatherd treats Don Quixote’s wounded ear with rosemary, salt, and a bandage, healing it.

Part 1, Ch. 11.3

Don Quixote the goatherd

one of the goatherds, seeing the wound, told him not to be uneasy, as he would apply a remedy with which it would be soon healed; and gathering some leaves of rosemary, of which there was a great quantity there, he chewed them and mixed them with a little salt, and applying them to the ear he secured them firmly with a bandage, assuring him that no other treatment would be required, and so it proved.

Part 1, Ch. 12.1
Chrysostom dies.

Part 1, Ch. 12.1 · this morning

Chrysostom

this morning that famous student-shepherd called Chrysostom died

Part 1, Ch. 12.1
Chrysostom directs that he be buried in the fields at the foot of the rock.

Part 1, Ch. 12.1 · 📍 [[Cork-tree spring]]

Chrysostom

he has directed in his will that he is to be buried in the fields like a Moor, and at the foot of the rock where the Cork-tree spring is

Part 1, Ch. 12.1
Ambrosio insists that Chrysostom’s burial directions be followed despite clerical opposition.

Part 1, Ch. 12.1 · 📍 [[the village]] · to-morrow

Chrysostom Ambrosio

Ambrosio the student, he who, like him, also went dressed as a shepherd, replies that everything must be done without any omission according to the directions left by Chrysostom

Part 1, Ch. 12.1
After his father dies, Chrysostom inherits extensive property, livestock, and money.

Part 1, Ch. 12.1 · About this time

Chrysostom

About this time the father of our Chrysostom died, and he was left heir to a large amount of property in chattels as well as in land, no small number of cattle and sheep, and a large sum of money

Part 1, Ch. 12.1
Chrysostom and Ambrosio exchange their scholarly clothing for shepherd’s dress.

Part 1, Ch. 12.1 · not many months had passed after he returned from Salamanca

Chrysostom Ambrosio

not many months had passed after he returned from Salamanca, when one day he appeared dressed as a shepherd with his crook and sheepskin, having put off the long gown he wore as a scholar; and at the same time his great friend, Ambrosio by name, who had been his companion in his studies, took to the shepherd’s dress with him

Part 1, Ch. 12.2
Guillermo dies, leaving Marcela wealthy and in her uncle’s care.

Part 1, Ch. 12.2

Guillermo Marcela

Her husband Guillermo died of grief at the death of so good a wife, leaving his daughter Marcela, a child and rich, to the care of an uncle of hers, a priest and prebendary in our village.

Part 1, Ch. 12.2
Marcela’s extraordinary beauty causes nearly everyone who sees her to fall in love with her.

Part 1, Ch. 12.2 · when she reached the age of fourteen to fifteen years

Marcela

and so when she reached the age of fourteen to fifteen years nobody beheld her but blessed God that had made her so beautiful, and the greater number were in love with her past redemption.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3
Marcela abandons her former life and becomes a shepherdess, tending her own flock.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3 · one day

Marcela

one day the demure Marcela makes her appearance turned shepherdess; and, in spite of her uncle and all those of the town that strove to dissuade her, took to going a-field with the other shepherd-lasses of the village, and tending her own flock.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3
Chrysostom is confirmed dead, and his burial is announced for the following day.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3

Chrysostom

One of these, as has been already said, was our deceased friend

Part 1, Ch. 12.3
Marcela rejects every suitor and gives none even the smallest hope of winning her.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3

Marcela

of all those that court and woo her not one has boasted, or can with truth boast, that she has given him any hope however small of obtaining his desire.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3
Don Quixote decides to attend Chrysostom’s burial.

Part 1, Ch. 12.3 · to-morrow

Don Quixote

“I will make a point of it,” said Don Quixote

Part 1, Ch. 13.1
Chrysostom's death is recounted as the reason for his forthcoming burial.

Part 1, Ch. 13.1

Chrysostom

describing the strange behaviour and beauty of a shepherdess called Marcela, and the loves of many who courted her, together with the death of that Chrysostom to whose burial they were going.

Part 1, Ch. 13.1
Vivaldo and the other travellers conclude that Don Quixote is mad.

Part 1, Ch. 13.1 · The instant they heard this

Don Quixote Vivaldo

The instant they heard this all set him down as mad, and the better to settle the point and discover what kind of madness his was, Vivaldo proceeded to ask him what knights-errant meant.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3
Chrysostom dies after Marcela rejects his love.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3

Chrysostom

he served ingratitude, and for reward was made the prey of death in the mid-course of life

Part 1, Ch. 13.3
Marcela scorns and rejects Chrysostom, ending his tragic love.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3

Marcela Chrysostom

at last Marcela ended by scorning and rejecting him so as to bring the tragedy of his wretched life to a close

Part 1, Ch. 13.3
Chrysostom’s body is brought for burial at his chosen resting place.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3

Chrysostom Ambrosio

Those who come there are the bearers of Chrysostom’s body, and the foot of that mountain is the place where he ordered them to bury him.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3
Ambrosio permits some of Chrysostom’s papers to be taken but intends to burn the rest.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3

Ambrosio Chrysostom

Out of courtesy, señor, I will grant your request as to those you have taken, but it is idle to expect me to abstain from burning the remainder.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3
Don Quixote publicly identifies Dulcinea as his queen and lady of El Toboso.

Part 1, Ch. 13.3 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

her name is Dulcinea, her country El Toboso, a village of La Mancha, her rank must be at least that of a princess, since she is my queen and lady

Part 1, Ch. 14.1
Chrysostom dies, leaving a corpse mourned at his grave.

Part 1, Ch. 14.1

Chrysostom

as I know the thoughts of Chrysostom never failed to obey thee in life, I will make all these who call themselves his friends obey thee, though he be dead.

Part 1, Ch. 14.1
Chrysostom had voluntarily separated himself from Marcela, suffering jealousy and suspicion during his absence.

Part 1, Ch. 14.1 · when the unhappy man wrote this lay

Chrysostom Marcela

when the unhappy man wrote this lay he was away from Marcela, from whom he had voluntarily separated himself, to try if absence would act with him as it is wont;

Part 1, Ch. 14.2
Marcela declares that she rejected Chrysostom and intends to live in perpetual solitude.

Part 1, Ch. 14.2

Marcela Chrysostom

I told him that mine was to live in perpetual solitude, and that the earth alone should enjoy the fruits of my retirement and the spoils of my beauty;

Part 1, Ch. 14.2
Don Quixote forbids anyone from pursuing Marcela and publicly defends her innocence.

Part 1, Ch. 14.2

Don Quixote Marcela

Let no one, whatever his rank or condition, dare to follow the beautiful Marcela, under pain of incurring my fierce indignation.

Part 1, Ch. 14.2
Chrysostom’s papers are burned and his body is placed in the grave.

Part 1, Ch. 14.2

Chrysostom

They closed the grave with a heavy stone until a slab was ready which Ambrosio said he meant to have prepared,

Part 1, Ch. 14.2
Don Quixote refuses to go to Seville, choosing instead to clear the mountains of robbers.

Part 1, Ch. 14.2

Don Quixote

Don Quixote thanked them for their advice and for the disposition they showed to do him a favour, and said that for the present he would not, and must not go to Seville until he had cleared all these mountains of highwaymen and robbers

Part 1, Ch. 14.2
Don Quixote resolves to seek Marcela and offer her all the service he can render.

Part 1, Ch. 14.2

Don Quixote Marcela

He, on his part, resolved to go in quest of the shepherdess Marcela, and make offer to her of all the service he could render her;

Part 1, Ch. 15.1
Don Quixote and Sancho attack the Yanguesans but are beaten and left injured.

Part 1, Ch. 15.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

The Yanguesans, seeing themselves assaulted by only two men while they were so many, betook themselves to their stakes, and driving the two into the middle they began to lay on with great zeal and energy; in fact, at the second blow they brought Sancho to the ground, and Don Quixote fared the same way

Part 1, Ch. 15.1
Sancho refuses to draw his sword against either commoners or knights in the future.

Part 1, Ch. 15.1

Sancho Panza

I can put up with any affront because I have a wife and children to support and bring up; so let it be likewise a hint to your worship, as it cannot be a mandate, that on no account will I draw sword either against clown or against knight

Part 1, Ch. 15.2
Sancho mounts the injured Don Quixote on the ass and leads Rocinante toward the high road.

Part 1, Ch. 15.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

To be brief, Sancho fixed Don Quixote on the ass and secured Rocinante with a leading rein, and taking the ass by the halter, he proceeded more or less in the direction in which it seemed to him the high road might be;

Part 1, Ch. 16.1
The innkeeper shelters Don Quixote and has him tended for his injuries.

Part 1, Ch. 16.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

the innkeeper Don Quixote

The innkeeper had a wife whose disposition was not such as those of her calling commonly have, for she was by nature kind-hearted and felt for the sufferings of her neighbours, so she at once set about tending Don Quixote, and made her young daughter, a very comely girl, help her in taking care of her guest.

Part 1, Ch. 16.1
Maritornes promises the muleteer an intimate meeting after the guests and family sleep.

Part 1, Ch. 16.1 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

Maritornes the muleteer

The carrier had made an arrangement with her for recreation that night, and she had given him her word that when the guests were quiet and the family asleep she would come in search of him and meet his wishes unreservedly.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2
Don Quixote refuses Maritornes, citing his pledged faith to Dulcinea del Toboso.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

Don Quixote Maritornes Dulcinea del Toboso

besides, to this impossibility another yet greater is to be added, which is the faith that I have pledged to the peerless Dulcinea del Toboso, sole lady of my most secret thoughts; and were it not that this stood in the way I should not be so insensible a knight as to miss the happy opportunity which your great goodness has offered me.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2
The muleteer attacks Don Quixote while he struggles to hold Maritornes.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

the muleteer Don Quixote Maritornes

he raised his arm and delivered such a terrible cuff on the lank jaws of the amorous knight that he bathed all his mouth in blood, and not content with this he mounted on his ribs and with his feet tramped all over them at a pace rather smarter than a trot.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2
The innkeeper rushes in to chastise Maritornes after hearing the disturbance.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

the innkeeper Maritornes

The innkeeper came in exclaiming, “Where art thou, strumpet? Of course this is some of thy work.”

Part 1, Ch. 16.2
Sancho and Maritornes exchange blows and begin a bitter scrimmage.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

Sancho Panza Maritornes

He then, finding himself so handled, by whom he knew not, raising himself up as well as he could, grappled with Maritornes, and he and she between them began the bitterest and drollest scrimmage in the world.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2
The muleteer, Sancho, Maritornes, and the innkeeper pummel one another in the darkness.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

the muleteer Sancho Panza Maritornes the innkeeper

the carrier pounded Sancho, Sancho the lass, she him, and the innkeeper her, and all worked away so briskly that they did not give themselves a moment’s rest

Part 1, Ch. 16.2
Don Quixote is left senseless on his broken-down bed after the brawl.

Part 1, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · that night

Don Quixote

The first that he came upon was the pummelled Don Quixote, who lay stretched senseless on his back upon his broken-down bed

Part 1, Ch. 17.1
Don Quixote is beaten and bloodied during an imagined amorous encounter.

Part 1, Ch. 17.1 · 📍 [[the inn]] · this night

Don Quixote

I will only tell thee that, either fate being envious of so great a boon placed in my hands by good fortune, or perhaps (and this is more probable) this castle being, as I have already said, enchanted, at the time when I was engaged in the sweetest and most amorous discourse with her, there came, without my seeing or knowing whence it came, a hand attached to some arm of some huge giant, that planted such a cuff on my jaws that I have them all bathed in blood, and then pummelled me in such a way that I am in a worse plight than yesterday when the carriers, on account of Rocinante’s misbehaviour, inflicted on us the injury thou knowest of

Part 1, Ch. 17.1
Sancho Panza is severely thrashed by more than four hundred Moors.

Part 1, Ch. 17.1 · 📍 [[the inn]] · this night

Sancho Panza

“Not for me either,” said Sancho, “for more than four hundred Moors have so thrashed me that the drubbing of the stakes was cakes and fancy-bread to it.

Part 1, Ch. 17.1
The officer strikes Don Quixote with a lamp, badly breaking his head.

Part 1, Ch. 17.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Quixote

The cuadrillero finding himself so disrespectfully treated by such a sorry-looking individual, lost his temper, and raising the lamp full of oil, smote Don Quixote such a blow with it on the head that he gave him a badly broken pate; then, all being in darkness, he went out

Part 1, Ch. 17.2
Sancho drinks the remaining balsam and suffers severe vomiting, weakness, and exhaustion.

Part 1, Ch. 17.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Sancho Panza, who also regarded the amendment of his master as miraculous, begged him to give him what was left in the pigskin, which was no small quantity. Don Quixote consented, and he, taking it with both hands, in good faith and with a better will, gulped down and drained off very little less than his master.

Part 1, Ch. 17.2
Don Quixote prepares to leave the inn and mounts Sancho on his ass.

Part 1, Ch. 17.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

and so, urged by this impulse, he saddled Rocinante himself and put the pack-saddle on his squire’s beast, whom likewise he helped to dress and mount the ass; after which he mounted his horse

Part 1, Ch. 17.3
Don Quixote recognizes that the supposed castle is actually an inn.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3

Don Quixote the innkeeper

“Then this is an inn?” said Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3
Don Quixote refuses to pay and rides away from the inn.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3

Don Quixote the innkeeper

“You are a stupid, scurvy innkeeper,” said Don Quixote, and putting spurs to Rocinante and bringing his pike to the slope he rode out of the inn before anyone could stop him, and pushed on some distance without looking to see if his squire was following him.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3
Sancho refuses to pay the innkeeper, invoking the privilege of knightly squires.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3

Sancho Panza the innkeeper

The innkeeper when he saw him go without paying him ran to get payment of Sancho, who said that as his master would not pay neither would he, because, being as he was squire to a knight-errant, the same rule and reason held good for him as for his master with regard to not paying anything in inns and hostelries.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3
Several lodgers seize Sancho, put him in a blanket, and toss him in the inn yard.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3

Sancho Panza

The ill-luck of the unfortunate Sancho so ordered it that among the company in the inn there were four woolcarders from Segovia, three needle-makers from the Colt of Cordova, and two lodgers from the Fair of Seville, lively fellows, tender-hearted, fond of a joke, and playful, who, almost as if instigated and moved by a common impulse, made up to Sancho and dismounted him from his ass, while one of them went in for the blanket of the host’s bed; but on flinging him into it they looked up, and seeing that the ceiling was somewhat lower than what they required for their work, they decided upon going out into the yard, which was bounded by the sky, and there, putting Sancho in the middle of the blanket, they began to raise him high, making sport with him as they would with a dog at Shrovetide.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3
Maritornes brings Sancho wine and pays for it herself after he rejects the water.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3

Maritornes Sancho Panza

Sancho took it, and as he was raising it to his mouth he was stopped by the cries of his master exclaiming, “Sancho, my son, drink not water; drink it not, my son, for it will kill thee; see, here I have the blessed balsam (and he held up the flask of liquor), and with drinking two drops of it thou wilt certainly be restored.”

Part 1, Ch. 17.3
Sancho leaves the inn without paying, while the innkeeper keeps his alforjas as compensation.

Part 1, Ch. 17.3

Sancho Panza the innkeeper

It is true that the innkeeper detained his alforjas in payment of what was owing to him, but Sancho took his departure in such a flurry that he never missed them.

Part 1, Ch. 18.1
Sancho reports that Pedro Martinez, Tenorio Hernandez, and the innkeeper assaulted and tossed him.

Part 1, Ch. 18.1

Sancho Panza Pedro Martinez Tenorio Hernandez the innkeeper

one was called Pedro Martinez, and another Tenorio Hernandez, and the innkeeper, I heard, was called Juan Palomeque the Left-handed

Part 1, Ch. 18.1
Sancho urges Don Quixote to return home and abandon their wandering adventures.

Part 1, Ch. 18.1 · now that it is harvest-time

Sancho Panza

the best and wisest thing, according to my small wits, would be for us to return home, now that it is harvest-time

Part 1, Ch. 18.1
Don Quixote mistakes two approaching clouds of dust for armies about to battle.

Part 1, Ch. 18.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

he concluded that they were two armies about to engage and encounter in the midst of that broad plain

Part 1, Ch. 18.1
Don Quixote decides to aid Pentapolin against Alifanfaron in their imagined conflict.

Part 1, Ch. 18.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Alifanfaron Pentapolin

give aid and assistance to the weak and those who need it

Part 1, Ch. 18.2
Don Quixote attacks a flock of sheep, believing it to be an enemy army.

Part 1, Ch. 18.2

Don Quixote

So saying, he dashed into the midst of the squadron of ewes, and began spearing them with as much spirit and intrepidity as if he were transfixing mortal enemies in earnest.

Part 1, Ch. 18.3
Don Quixote is knocked from Rocinante and badly injured by projectiles from the shepherds.

Part 1, Ch. 18.3

Don Quixote

Such was the force of the first blow and of the second, that the poor knight in spite of himself came down backwards off his horse.

Part 1, Ch. 18.3
Don Quixote loses most of his teeth and grinders in the attack.

Part 1, Ch. 18.3

Don Quixote

Well, then,” said Sancho, “in this lower side your worship has no more than two grinders and a half, and in the upper neither a half nor any at all, for it is all as smooth as the palm of my hand.”

Part 1, Ch. 18.3
Sancho discovers that his alforjas, containing his provisions and treasures, are missing.

Part 1, Ch. 18.3

Sancho Panza

“Yes, they are missing,” answered Sancho.

Part 1, Ch. 19.1
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza are left without provisions after losing their alforjas.

Part 1, Ch. 19.1 · night

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

for with the loss of the alforjas they had lost their entire larder and commissariat

Part 1, Ch. 19.1
Don Quixote takes the fallen licentiate prisoner after the man’s leg is broken.

Part 1, Ch. 19.1 · night

Don Quixote

A burning torch lay on the ground near the first man whom the mule had thrown, by the light of which Don Quixote perceived him, and coming up to him he presented the point of the lance to his face, calling on him to yield himself prisoner, or else he would kill him

Part 1, Ch. 19.2
Don Quixote injures Alonzo Lopez, leaving him with a permanently broken leg.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2

Don Quixote Alonzo Lopez

for from straight you have made me crooked, leaving me with a broken leg that will never see itself straight again all the days of its life;

Part 1, Ch. 19.2
Sancho frees the injured Alonzo Lopez, places him on a mule, and sends him after his companions.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Alonzo Lopez

then hastened to obey his master’s call, and helped him to remove the bachelor from under the mule; then putting him on her back he gave him the torch, and Don Quixote bade him follow the track of his companions

Part 1, Ch. 19.2
Alonzo Lopez informs Don Quixote that he stands excommunicated for attacking a holy procession.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2

Don Quixote Alonzo Lopez

Remember that you stand excommunicated for having laid violent hands on a holy thing, juxta illud, si quis, suadente diabolo.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2
Don Quixote adopts the title Knight of the Rueful Countenance.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2 · from this day forward

Don Quixote

I mean, when the opportunity offers, to have a very rueful countenance painted on my shield.”

Part 1, Ch. 19.2
Sancho persuades Don Quixote to retreat from the defeated procession instead of inspecting the corpse.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

The ass is in proper trim, the mountains are near at hand, hunger presses, we have nothing more to do but make good our retreat

Part 1, Ch. 19.2
Sancho takes the clerics’ provisions and loads them onto his beast.

Part 1, Ch. 19.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Sancho made a bag of his coat, and, getting together as much as he could, and as the bag would hold, he loaded his beast

Part 1, Ch. 20.1
Don Quixote resolves to attempt the terrifying adventure despite Sancho Panza’s pleas.

Part 1, Ch. 20.1 · night

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Let it want what it may,” replied Don Quixote, “it shall not be said of me now or at any time that tears or entreaties turned me aside from doing what was in accordance with knightly usage; and so I beg of thee, Sancho, to hold thy peace, for God, who has put it into my heart to undertake now this so unexampled and terrible adventure, will take care to watch over my safety and console thy sorrow; what thou hast to do is to tighten Rocinante’s girths well, and wait here, for I shall come back shortly, alive or dead.”

Part 1, Ch. 20.1
Sancho Panza ties Rocinante’s legs, preventing Don Quixote from departing.

Part 1, Ch. 20.1 · that night

Sancho Panza Rocinante Don Quixote

Sancho perceiving it his master’s final resolve, and how little his tears, counsels, and entreaties prevailed with him, determined to have recourse to his own ingenuity and compel him, if he could, to wait till daylight; and so, while tightening the girths of the horse, he quietly and without being felt, with his ass’ halter tied both Rocinante’s legs, so that when Don Quixote strove to go he was unable as the horse could only move by jumps.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2
Sancho Panza's tying immobilizes Rocinante, forcing Don Quixote to wait.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2 · till daybreak

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

and not having any suspicion of the tying, he was fain to resign himself and wait till daybreak

Part 1, Ch. 20.2
Lope Ruiz's love for Torralva turns into hatred and ill-will.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2 · 📍 [[Estremadura]] · in course of time

Lope Ruiz Torralva

the devil, who never sleeps and puts everything in confusion, contrived that the love the shepherd bore the shepherdess turned into hatred and ill-will

Part 1, Ch. 20.2
Lope Ruiz decides to leave the country to escape Torralva.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2 · 📍 [[Estremadura]] · from that time forward

Lope Ruiz Torralva

in order to escape from her, he determined to quit the country and go where he should never set eyes on her again

Part 1, Ch. 20.2
Torralva falls in love with Lope Ruiz after he rejects her.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2 · 📍 [[Estremadura]] · when she found herself spurned by Lope

Torralva Lope Ruiz

Torralva, when she found herself spurned by Lope, was immediately smitten with love for him

Part 1, Ch. 20.2
Lope Ruiz leaves Estremadura, driving his goats toward the Kingdom of Portugal.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2 · 📍 [[Kingdom of Portugal]] · it came to pass

Lope Ruiz

the shepherd carried out his intention, and driving his goats before him took his way across the plains of Estremadura to pass over into the Kingdom of Portugal

Part 1, Ch. 20.2
Torralva pursues Lope Ruiz barefoot after learning of his departure.

Part 1, Ch. 20.2 · 📍 [[Estremadura]] · Torralva, who knew of it

Torralva Lope Ruiz

Torralva, who knew of it, went after him, and on foot and barefoot followed him at a distance

Part 1, Ch. 20.3
Don Quixote leaves Sancho to undertake the perilous adventure alone.

Part 1, Ch. 20.3 · By this time day had fully broken

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

By this time day had fully broken and everything showed distinctly, and Don Quixote saw that he was among some tall trees, chestnuts, which cast a very deep shade; he perceived likewise that the sound of the strokes did not cease, but could not discover what caused it, and so without any further delay he let Rocinante feel the spur, and once more taking leave of Sancho, he told him to wait for him there three days at most, as he had said before, and if he should not have returned by that time, he might feel sure it had been God’s will that he should end his days in that perilous adventure.

Part 1, Ch. 20.3
Don Quixote commissions Sancho to deliver a message to Dulcinea and promises him recompense.

Part 1, Ch. 20.3 · By this time day had fully broken

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

He again repeated the message and commission with which he was to go on his behalf to his lady Dulcinea, and said he was not to be uneasy as to the payment of his services, for before leaving home he had made his will, in which he would find himself fully recompensed in the matter of wages in due proportion to the time he had served; but if God delivered him safe, sound, and unhurt out of that danger, he might look upon the promised island as much more than certain.

Part 1, Ch. 20.3
Sancho resolves to remain with Don Quixote until the adventure ends.

Part 1, Ch. 20.3 · By this time day had fully broken

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Sancho began to weep afresh on again hearing the affecting words of his good master, and resolved to stay with him until the final issue and end of the business.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4
The terrifying noise is revealed to be the harmless pounding of six fulling hammers.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

the true cause, beyond the possibility of any mistake, of that dread-sounding and to them awe-inspiring noise that had kept them all the night in such fear and perplexity, appeared plain and obvious; and it was (if, reader, thou art not disgusted and disappointed) six fulling hammers which by their alternate strokes made all the din.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4
Don Quixote strikes Sancho twice for mocking his mistaken alarm.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote, then, seeing that Sancho was turning him into ridicule, was so mortified and vexed that he lifted up his pike and smote him two such blows that if, instead of catching them on his shoulders, he had caught them on his head there would have been no wages to pay, unless indeed to his heirs.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4
Sancho apologizes, and peace is restored between master and squire.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

But tell me, your worship, now that peace is made between us (and may God bring you out of all the adventures that may befall you as safe and sound as he has brought you out of this one), was it not a thing to laugh at, and is it not a good story, the great fear we were in?

Part 1, Ch. 20.4
Sancho agrees to restrain his speech and honor Don Quixote as his master and natural lord.

Part 1, Ch. 20.4 · from this day forward

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

That is true,” said Sancho, “since the mere noise of the hammers of a fulling mill can disturb and disquiet the heart of such a valiant errant adventurer as your worship; but you may be sure I will not open my lips henceforward to make light of anything of your worship’s, but only to honour you as my master and natural lord.”

Part 1, Ch. 21.1
Don Quixote charges the barber, who abandons his ass and flees across the plain.

Part 1, Ch. 21.1 · Shortly afterwards

Don Quixote the barber

The barber, who without any expectation or apprehension of it saw this apparition coming down upon him, had no other way of saving himself from the stroke of the lance but to let himself fall off his ass; and no sooner had he touched the ground than he sprang up more nimbly than a deer and sped away across the plain faster than the wind.

Part 1, Ch. 21.1
Don Quixote takes the barber’s abandoned basin and claims it as Mambrino’s helmet.

Part 1, Ch. 21.1

Don Quixote the barber

He left the basin on the ground, with which Don Quixote contented himself, saying that the pagan had shown his discretion and imitated the beaver, which finding itself pressed by the hunters bites and cuts off with its teeth that for which, by its natural instinct, it knows it is pursued.

Part 1, Ch. 21.2
Don Quixote overthrows Martino, who abandons his dapple-grey horse.

Part 1, Ch. 21.2

Don Quixote Martino

for, from the way he took to his heels and bolted, he is not likely ever to come back for it

Part 1, Ch. 21.2
Sancho changes Dapple’s trappings after Don Quixote grants permission.

Part 1, Ch. 21.2

Sancho Panza Dapple

and forthwith, fortified by this licence, he effected the mutatio capparum, and rigged out his beast to the ninety-nines and making quite another thing of it.

Part 1, Ch. 21.3
Don Quixote promises to make Sancho a count and grant him nobility.

Part 1, Ch. 21.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I being the king can easily give thee nobility without purchase or service rendered by thee, for when I make thee a count, then thou art at once a gentleman

Part 1, Ch. 21.3
Don Quixote accepts Sancho’s proposed marriage arrangement as permissible.

Part 1, Ch. 21.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Nobody can object to that

Part 1, Ch. 22.1
Don Quixote declares his intention to oppose the galley slaves’ forced transport and aid them.

Part 1, Ch. 22.1

Don Quixote

Then if so,” said Don Quixote, “here is a case for the exercise of my office, to put down force and to succour and help the wretched.”

Part 1, Ch. 22.2
Ginés de Pasamonte is sentenced to ten years in the galleys, deemed equivalent to civil death.

Part 1, Ch. 22.2

Ginés de Pasamonte

“He goes for ten years,” replied the guard, “which is the same thing as civil death

Part 1, Ch. 22.2
Ginés reveals that he has written an autobiography about his life and crimes.

Part 1, Ch. 22.2

Ginés de Pasamonte

If you, sir, have anything to give us, give it to us at once, and God speed you, for you are becoming tiresome with all this inquisitiveness about the lives of others; if you want to know about mine, let me tell you I am Gines de Pasamonte, whose life is written by these fingers.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
Don Quixote intervenes to protect Ginés de Pasamonte from the commissary.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3

Don Quixote Ginés de Pasamonte

The commissary lifted his staff to strike Pasamonte in return for his threats, but Don Quixote came between them

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
Don Quixote attacks and severely wounds the commissary with his lance.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3

Don Quixote

he fell upon him so suddenly that without giving him time to defend himself he brought him to the ground sorely wounded with a lance-thrust

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
The galley slaves break free, with Sancho helping Ginés escape first.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Ginés de Pasamonte

Sancho, on his part, gave a helping hand to release Gines de Pasamonte, who was the first to leap forth upon the plain free and unfettered

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
Ginés seizes the commissary’s weapons and drives the guards from the field.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3

Ginés de Pasamonte

attacking the prostrate commissary, took from him his sword and the musket, with which, aiming at one and levelling at another, he, without ever discharging it, drove every one of the guards off the field

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
Don Quixote orders the freed prisoners to visit Dulcinea and report their liberation.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso Ginés de Pasamonte

ye at once set out and proceed to the city of El Toboso, and there present yourselves before the lady Dulcinea del Toboso

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
Ginés refuses Don Quixote’s order to carry the chain to El Toboso.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3

Ginés de Pasamonte Don Quixote

That which you, sir, our deliverer, demand of us, is of all impossibilities the most impossible to comply with

Part 1, Ch. 22.3
The freed prisoners stone Don Quixote and Sancho, strip them, and scatter with their spoils.

Part 1, Ch. 22.3

Ginés de Pasamonte Don Quixote Sancho Panza

They then stripped him of a jacket that he wore over his armour, and they would have stripped off his stockings if his greaves had not prevented them. From Sancho they took his coat

Part 1, Ch. 23.1
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza enter the Sierra Morena to hide from the Holy Brotherhood.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote mounted without replying, and, Sancho leading the way on his ass, they entered the side of the Sierra Morena, which was close by, as it was Sancho’s design to cross it entirely and come out again at El Viso or Almodóvar del Campo, and hide for some days among its crags so as to escape the search of the Brotherhood should they come to look for them.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1
Ginés de Pasamonte steals Sancho Panza’s ass, Dapple, while Sancho sleeps.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · before day dawned

Ginés de Pasamonte Sancho Panza

While Sancho slept he stole his ass, and before day dawned he was far out of reach.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1
Don Quixote promises Sancho three ass-colts to compensate him for losing Dapple.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · the next morning

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote, when he heard the lament and learned the cause, consoled Sancho with the best arguments he could, entreating him to be patient, and promising to give him a letter of exchange ordering three out of five ass-colts that he had at home to be given to him.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1
Don Quixote gives Sancho the gold crowns found in the abandoned valise.

Part 1, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote asked of him, telling him to take the money and keep it for himself.

Part 1, Ch. 23.2
Sancho keeps the discovered gold crowns as compensation for hardships endured.

Part 1, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Sancho Panza

While Don Quixote examined the book, Sancho examined the valise, not leaving a corner in the whole of it or in the pad that he did not search, peer into, and explore, or seam that he did not rip, or tuft of wool that he did not pick to pieces, lest anything should escape for want of care and pains; so keen was the covetousness excited in him by the discovery of the crowns, which amounted to near a hundred; and though he found no more booty, he held the blanket flights, balsam vomits, stake benedictions, carriers’ fisticuffs, missing alforjas, stolen coat, and all the hunger, thirst, and weariness he had endured in the service of his good master, cheap at the price; as he considered himself more than fully indemnified for all by the payment he received in the gift of the treasure-trove.

Part 1, Ch. 23.2
Don Quixote orders a search for the suspected owner and insists on restitution.

Part 1, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Thou art wrong there, Sancho,” said Don Quixote, “for now that we have a suspicion who the owner is, and have him almost before us, we are bound to seek him and make restitution; and if we do not see him, the strong suspicion we have as to his being the owner makes us as guilty as if he were so; and so, friend Sancho, let not our search for him give thee any uneasiness, for if we find him it will relieve mine.”

Part 1, Ch. 23.2
They find a dead, half-devoured mule, strengthening their suspicion about the fleeing man's identity.

Part 1, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

And so saying he gave Rocinante the spur, and Sancho followed him on foot and loaded, and after having partly made the circuit of the mountain they found lying in a ravine, dead and half devoured by dogs and pecked by jackdaws, a mule saddled and bridled, all which still further strengthened their suspicion that he who had fled was the owner of the mule and the saddle-pad.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3
Cardenio is discovered living in torn clothes and performing a severe penance in the mountains.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · some days afterwards

Cardenio

He came out to meet us with great gentleness, with his dress now torn and his face so disfigured and burned by the sun, that we hardly recognised him but that his clothes, though torn, convinced us, from the recollection we had of them, that he was the person we were looking for.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3
During a fit of madness, Cardenio assaults a shepherd and takes the provisions from his ass.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · some days afterwards

Cardenio

without saying a word to him, came up to him and gave him several cuffs and kicks, and then turned to the ass with our provisions and took all the bread and cheese it carried

Part 1, Ch. 23.3
Cardenio's madness reveals that Fernando grievously wronged and betrayed him.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Cardenio Don Fernando

Oh faithless Fernando, here, here shalt thou pay the penalty of the wrong thou hast done me; these hands shall tear out that heart of thine, abode and dwelling of all iniquity, but of deceit and fraud above all

Part 1, Ch. 23.3
The goatherd and companions resolve to capture Cardenio and take him to Almodóvar for treatment.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · yesterday

the goatherd Cardenio

it was yesterday that we resolved, I and four of the lads, two of them our servants, and the other two friends of mine, to go in search of him until we find him, and when we do to take him, whether by force or of his own consent, to the town of Almodóvar

Part 1, Ch. 23.3
Don Quixote resolves to search every part of the mountain until he finds Cardenio.

Part 1, Ch. 23.3 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · at that very moment

Don Quixote Cardenio

he was now filled with amazement at what he heard from the goatherd, and more eager than ever to discover who the unhappy madman was; and in his heart he resolved, as he had done before, to search for him all over the mountain, not leaving a corner or cave unexamined until he had found him

Part 1, Ch. 24.1
Don Quixote pledges to relieve Cardenio’s misfortune or share his mourning.

Part 1, Ch. 24.1

Don Quixote Cardenio

And I swear,” added Don Quixote, “by the order of knighthood which I have received, and by my vocation of knight-errant, if you gratify me in this, to serve you with all the zeal my calling demands of me, either in relieving your misfortune if it admits of relief, or in joining you in lamenting it as I promised to do.”

Part 1, Ch. 24.1
Cardenio is fed and then leads the others to a secluded green plot.

Part 1, Ch. 24.1

Cardenio Sancho Panza the goatherd

Sancho from his sack, and the goatherd from his pouch, furnished the Ragged One with the means of appeasing his hunger, and what they gave him he ate like a half-witted being, so hastily that he took no time between mouthfuls, gorging rather than swallowing; and while he ate neither he nor they who observed him uttered a word.

Part 1, Ch. 24.1
Cardenio begins recounting his misfortunes after securing their promise not to interrupt.

Part 1, Ch. 24.1

Don Quixote Cardenio Sancho Panza the goatherd

Don Quixote gave the promise for himself and the others, and with this assurance he began as follows:

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Cardenio and Luscinda fall in love, and their parents expect them eventually to marry.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2 · 📍 [[Andalusia]]

Cardenio Luscinda

Our parents were aware of our feelings, and were not sorry to perceive them, for they saw clearly that as they ripened they must lead at last to a marriage between us

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Cardenio proposes marriage through Luscinda’s father, who refuses without Cardenio’s father’s approval.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2

Cardenio Luscinda

At length growing impatient and feeling my heart languishing with longing to see her, I resolved to put into execution and carry out what seemed to me the best mode of winning my desired and merited reward, to ask her of her father for my lawful wife, which I did.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
The duke summons Cardenio to become his eldest son’s companion and promises him advancement.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2 · 📍 [[Andalusia]] · Two days hence

Duke Ricardo Cardenio

he would send me immediately to him, as he wished me to become the companion, not servant, of his eldest son, and would take upon himself the charge of placing me in a position corresponding to the esteem in which he held me.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Cardenio departs for the duke’s service, postponing his marriage plans with Luscinda.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2 · Two days hence

Duke Ricardo Cardenio

Two days hence thou wilt depart, Cardenio, in accordance with the duke’s wish

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Cardenio presents himself to the duke and enters his household, where the duke treats him kindly.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2

Duke Ricardo Cardenio

Finally, I presented myself to the duke, and was received and treated by him so kindly

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Don Fernando befriends Cardenio and confides his love for a peasant girl.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2

Cardenio Don Fernando

he made all his thoughts known to me, and in particular a love affair which troubled his mind a little.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Don Fernando pledges to marry the peasant girl to overcome her virtuous resistance.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2

Don Fernando

he determined to pledge his word to her to become her husband

Part 1, Ch. 24.2
Don Fernando deceives Cardenio about leaving to cure his passion, having already consummated his relationship and intending to evade his promise.

Part 1, Ch. 24.2 · some months

Cardenio Don Fernando

he told me he could find no better way of effacing from his mind the beauty that so enslaved him than by absenting himself for some months

Part 1, Ch. 24.3
Don Fernando becomes love-smitten with Luscinda after seeing her.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3

Don Fernando Luscinda

As she appeared to him in her dressing-gown, she drove all the beauties he had seen until then out of his recollection; speech failed him, his head turned, he was spell-bound, and in the end love-smitten

Part 1, Ch. 24.3
Luscinda asks Cardenio to seek her father's consent to their marriage.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3

Luscinda Cardenio

he found a note of hers entreating me to demand her of her father in marriage

Part 1, Ch. 24.3
Don Fernando secretly reads Cardenio's correspondence with Luscinda.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3

Don Fernando Cardenio Luscinda

Don Fernando contrived always to read the letters I sent to Luscinda and her answers to me, under the pretence that he enjoyed the wit and sense of both.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3
Cardenio attacks Don Quixote, Sancho Panza, and the goatherd, beating all three.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3

Cardenio Don Quixote Sancho Panza the goatherd

Cardenio, then, being, as I said, now mad, when he heard himself given the lie, and called a scoundrel and other insulting names, not relishing the jest, snatched up a stone that he found near him, and with it delivered such a blow on Don Quixote’s breast that he laid him on his back.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3
Sancho Panza and the goatherd seize one another and exchange blows.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3

Sancho Panza the goatherd

the altercation ended in their seizing each other by the beard, and exchanging such fisticuffs that if Don Quixote had not made peace between them, they would have knocked one another to pieces.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3
Don Quixote pacifies Sancho Panza and the goatherd after their fight.

Part 1, Ch. 24.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the goatherd

With this he pacified them, and again asked the goatherd if it would be possible to find Cardenio

Part 1, Ch. 25.1
Don Quixote removes the prohibition on Sancho speaking.

Part 1, Ch. 25.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

thou art dying to have the interdict I placed upon thy tongue removed; consider it removed, and say what thou wilt while we are wandering in these mountains.

Part 1, Ch. 25.1
Don Quixote decides to perform penance in imitation of Beltenebros.

Part 1, Ch. 25.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote

I must not allow the opportunity to escape which now so conveniently offers me its forelock.

Part 1, Ch. 25.2
Don Quixote decides to perform penance and feign madness for Dulcinea until Sancho returns with her answer.

Part 1, Ch. 25.2

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

mad I am, and mad I must be until thou returnest with the answer to a letter that I mean to send by thee to my lady Dulcinea

Part 1, Ch. 25.2
Don Quixote selects a mountain spot for performing his penance.

Part 1, Ch. 25.2

Don Quixote

Upon this place the Knight of the Rueful Countenance fixed his choice for the performance of his penance

Part 1, Ch. 25.2
Don Quixote removes Rocinante's saddle and bridle and sets him free.

Part 1, Ch. 25.2

Don Quixote Rocinante

and so saying he dismounted from Rocinante, and in an instant relieved him of saddle and bridle, and giving him a slap on the croup, said, “He gives thee freedom who is bereft of it himself

Part 1, Ch. 25.2
Don Quixote schedules Sancho's departure to deliver his letter to Dulcinea.

Part 1, Ch. 25.2 · three days hence

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

and three days hence thou wilt depart, for I wish thee to observe in the meantime what I do and say for her sake, that thou mayest be able to tell it.

Part 1, Ch. 25.3
Don Quixote reveals that Dulcinea del Toboso is Aldonza Lorenzo, daughter of Lorenzo Corchuelo and Aldonza Nogales.

Part 1, Ch. 25.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso Lorenzo Corchuelo Aldonza Nogales

She it is,” said Don Quixote, “and she it is that is worthy to be lady of the whole universe.

Part 1, Ch. 25.3
Don Quixote undertakes a sincere, physically dangerous penance for Dulcinea.

Part 1, Ch. 25.3 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I have now got to tear up my garments, to scatter about my armour, knock my head against these rocks, and more of the same sort of thing, which thou must witness.

Part 1, Ch. 25.4
Don Quixote writes a letter to Dulcinea del Toboso describing his suffering and devotion.

Part 1, Ch. 25.4 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

Don Quixote took out the notebook, and, retiring to one side, very deliberately began to write the letter

Part 1, Ch. 25.4
Don Quixote authorizes Sancho to receive three ass-colts from the niece.

Part 1, Ch. 25.4 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · the twenty-seventh of August of this present year

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the niece

Mistress Niece,—By this first of ass-colts please pay to Sancho Panza, my squire, three of the five I left at home in your charge

Part 1, Ch. 25.4
Sancho Panza takes leave of Don Quixote and departs for the plain.

Part 1, Ch. 25.4 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

So I will,” said Sancho Panza, and having cut some, he asked his master’s blessing, and not without many tears on both sides, took his leave of him, and mounting Rocinante, of whom Don Quixote charged him earnestly to have as much care as of his own person, he set out for the plain

Part 1, Ch. 25.4
Don Quixote strips and performs acrobatic acts as part of his deliberate madness.

Part 1, Ch. 25.4 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote

and pulling off his breeches in all haste he stripped himself to his skin and his shirt, and then, without more ado, he cut a couple of gambados in the air, and a couple of somersaults, heels over head

Part 1, Ch. 26.1
Don Quixote adopts Amadis's melancholy lover's penance and begins praying, writing verses, and praising Dulcinea.

Part 1, Ch. 26.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]]

Don Quixote

And then it occurred to him how he might make one, and that was by tearing a great strip off the tail of his shirt which hung down, and making eleven knots on it, one bigger than the rest, and this served him for a rosary all the time he was there, during which he repeated countless ave-marias.

Part 1, Ch. 26.2
Sancho Panza loses the notebook containing Dulcinea’s letter and Don Quixote’s order for three ass-colts.

Part 1, Ch. 26.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote the niece

Sancho put his hand into his bosom in search of the notebook but could not find it, nor, if he had been searching until now, could he have found it, for Don Quixote had kept it, and had never given it to him, nor had he himself thought of asking for it.

Part 1, Ch. 26.2
The curate and barber devise disguises to lure Don Quixote from the mountains and return him to his village.

Part 1, Ch. 26.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · By-and-by

the curate the barber Don Quixote

By-and-by, after they had between them carefully thought over what they should do to carry out their object, the curate hit upon an idea very well adapted to humour Don Quixote, and effect their purpose;

Part 1, Ch. 27.1
The curate and the barber begin executing a disguise scheme to bring Don Quixote back from his mountain penance.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1

the curate the barber Don Quixote

The curate’s plan did not seem a bad one to the barber, but on the contrary so good that they immediately set about putting it in execution.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1
The innkeeper recognizes Don Quixote as the mad guest the curate is trying to retrieve.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1

the innkeeper Don Quixote the curate

The landlord and landlady immediately came to the conclusion that the madman was their guest, the balsam man and master of the blanketed squire, and they told the curate all that had passed between him and them, not omitting what Sancho had been so silent about.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1
The curate and barber exchange disguise roles, with the barber agreeing to impersonate the distressed damsel.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1

the curate the barber

The barber, however, agreed to do as the curate wished, and, altering their plan, the curate went on to instruct him how to play his part and what to say to Don Quixote to induce and compel him to come with them and give up his fancy for the place he had chosen for his idle penance.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1
Sancho is instructed to deceive Don Quixote by claiming Dulcinea ordered him to return immediately.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1 · The next day

Sancho Panza Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

They charged him strictly not to tell his master who they were, or that he knew them, and should he ask, as ask he would, if he had given the letter to Dulcinea, to say that he had, and that, as she did not know how to read, she had given an answer by word of mouth, saying that she commanded him, on pain of her displeasure, to come and see her at once;

Part 1, Ch. 27.1
Sancho advances alone to find Don Quixote and deliver the fabricated message before the others follow.

Part 1, Ch. 27.1 · 📍 [[the Sierra]] · The next day

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

He said, too, that it would be as well for him to go on before them to find him, and give him his lady’s answer; for that perhaps might be enough to bring him away from the place without putting them to all this trouble.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2
The curate and the barber discover Cardenio living in misery in the wilderness.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2

the curate the barber Cardenio

they discovered a man of the same aspect and appearance as Sancho had described to them when he told them the story of Cardenio.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2
Luscinda urges Cardenio to seek marriage with her through her father's consent.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2

Luscinda Cardenio

Every day I discover merits in you that oblige and compel me to hold you in higher estimation; so if you desire to relieve me of this obligation without cost to my honour, you may easily do so.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2
Cardenio is induced by Luscinda's letter to ask for her as his wife.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2

Cardenio Luscinda

By this letter I was induced, as I told you, to demand Luscinda for my wife

Part 1, Ch. 27.2
Don Fernando offers to arrange the marriage but secretly designs to ruin Cardenio.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2

Don Fernando Cardenio Luscinda

To all this Don Fernando answered that he would take it upon himself to speak to my father, and persuade him to speak to Luscinda’s father.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2
Cardenio reveals that Don Fernando betrayed his trust after learning his private hopes.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2

Cardenio Don Fernando

this letter it was that suggested his design of ruining me before mine could be carried into effect.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2
Cardenio completes the account of his misfortunes for the curate and barber.

Part 1, Ch. 27.2

Cardenio the curate the barber

but now fortunately the mad fit kept off, allowed him to tell it to the end

Part 1, Ch. 27.3
Don Fernando deceives Cardenio into leaving by sending him to fetch money for supposedly purchased horses.

Part 1, Ch. 27.3

Don Fernando Cardenio

Don Fernando finding my presence an obstacle to the execution of his treacherous and wicked design, resolved to send me to his elder brother under the pretext of asking money from him to pay for six horses

Part 1, Ch. 27.3
Don Fernando demands Luscinda as his wife, and her father arranges their secret betrothal.

Part 1, Ch. 27.3 · in two days hence

Don Fernando Luscinda

he has demanded me for a wife, and my father, led away by what he considers Don Fernando’s superiority over you, has favoured his suit so cordially, that in two days hence the betrothal is to take place

Part 1, Ch. 27.3
Luscinda reveals she is being forced into marriage and threatens suicide, while Cardenio vows to defend her.

Part 1, Ch. 27.3 · as soon as Luscinda saw me

Luscinda Cardenio

I am in my bridal dress, and the treacherous Don Fernando and my covetous father are waiting for me in the hall with the other witnesses, who shall be the witnesses of my death before they witness my betrothal.

Part 1, Ch. 27.4
Luscinda accepts Don Fernando as her lawful husband, and they are joined by the marriage ceremony.

Part 1, Ch. 27.4

Luscinda Don Fernando

‘I will:’ Don Fernando said the same, and giving her the ring they stood linked by a knot that could never be loosed.

Part 1, Ch. 27.4
Luscinda faints immediately after the marriage ceremony.

Part 1, Ch. 27.4 · then

Luscinda

The bridegroom then approached to embrace his bride; and she, pressing her hand upon her heart, fell fainting in her mother’s arms.

Part 1, Ch. 27.4
Cardenio leaves the house, mounts his mule, and rides out of the city.

Part 1, Ch. 27.4 · the night

Cardenio

In a word, I quitted the house and reached that of the man with whom I had left my mule; I made him saddle it for me, mounted without bidding him farewell, and rode out of the city, like another Lot, not daring to turn my head to look back upon it.

Part 1, Ch. 27.5
Cardenio's mule dies, leaving him exhausted and stranded on foot in the mountains.

Part 1, Ch. 27.5

Cardenio

my mule dropped dead through fatigue and hunger, or, as I think more likely, in order to have done with such a worthless burden as it bore in me. I was left on foot, worn out, famishing, without anyone to help me

Part 1, Ch. 27.5
Cardenio becomes intermittently deranged and loses control of his actions.

Part 1, Ch. 27.5 · since then

Cardenio

since then I am conscious that I am not always in full possession of it, but at times so deranged and crazed that I do a thousand mad things

Part 1, Ch. 27.5
Cardenio takes shelter in a cork tree while living as a starving fugitive.

Part 1, Ch. 27.5 · Most commonly

Cardenio

Most commonly my dwelling is the hollow of a cork tree large enough to shelter this miserable body

Part 1, Ch. 27.5
The compassionate goatherds and herdsmen begin supplying Cardenio with food.

Part 1, Ch. 27.5 · when they find me in a rational mood

Cardenio

the herdsmen and goatherds who frequent these mountains, moved by compassion, furnish me with food, leaving it by the wayside or on the rocks

Part 1, Ch. 28.1
The curate and his companions discover that the disguised peasant youth is a woman.

Part 1, Ch. 28.1

the curate the disguised damsel

The youth then took off the montera, and shaking his head from side to side there broke loose and spread out a mass of hair

Part 1, Ch. 28.1
The disguised woman accepts the curate’s sympathy and agrees to reveal her misfortunes.

Part 1, Ch. 28.1

the curate the disguised damsel

This being so, I say I thank you, sirs, for the offer you have made me, which places me under the obligation of complying with the request you have made of me

Part 1, Ch. 28.2
Don Fernando becomes passionately enamored of Dorothea and relentlessly courts her.

Part 1, Ch. 28.2 · 📍 [[Andalusia]]

Don Fernando Dorothea

he was smitten with a violent love for me, as the manner in which it displayed itself plainly showed.

Part 1, Ch. 28.2
Dorothea firmly rejects Don Fernando’s suit despite his persistent advances.

Part 1, Ch. 28.2

Dorothea Don Fernando

I never gave Don Fernando a word in reply that could hold out to him any hope of success, however remote.

Part 1, Ch. 28.2
Don Fernando secretly enters Dorothea’s locked chamber and embraces her.

Part 1, Ch. 28.2 · One night

Don Fernando Dorothea

I found him standing before me, a vision that so astounded me that it deprived my eyes of sight, and my tongue of speech.

Part 1, Ch. 28.3
Don Fernando pledges to marry Dorothea, making their betrothal binding before witnesses.

Part 1, Ch. 28.3

Dorothea Don Fernando

Don Fernando, taking an image that stood in the chamber, placed it as a witness of our betrothal, and with the most binding words and extravagant oaths gave me his promise to become my husband;

Part 1, Ch. 28.3
Dorothea yields to Don Fernando, while he breaks his marriage promise and becomes a perjurer.

Part 1, Ch. 28.3

Dorothea Don Fernando

and so I was left by my maid, and ceased to be one, and he became a traitor and a perjured man.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Don Fernando secretly leaves Dorothea after pledging faith and giving her a ring.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · before daybreak

Don Fernando Dorothea

He then took his departure and I was left, I know not whether sorrowful or happy;

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Don Fernando is reported to have married Luscinda in a neighbouring city.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · 📍 [[a neighbouring city]] · a few days later

Don Fernando Luscinda

The reason was, that a few days later it was reported in the town that Don Fernando had been married in a neighbouring city to a maiden of rare beauty

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Luscinda refuses Don Fernando, declaring that she is already Cardenio’s bride.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · 📍 [[the city]] · on the night of Don Fernando’s betrothal with Luscinda

Luscinda Don Fernando Cardenio

she said and declared that she could not be Don Fernando’s bride, because she was already Cardenio’s

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Don Fernando attacks Luscinda with a dagger, but those present prevent him from stabbing her.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · 📍 [[the city]] · on the night of Don Fernando’s betrothal with Luscinda

Don Fernando Luscinda

Don Fernando, persuaded that Luscinda had befooled, slighted, and trifled with him, assailed her before she had recovered from her swoon, and tried to stab her with the dagger

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Cardenio leaves the city in despair after witnessing Luscinda’s betrothal.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · 📍 [[the city]] · on the night of Don Fernando’s betrothal with Luscinda

Cardenio

Cardenio, according to report, had been present at the betrothal; and that upon seeing her betrothed contrary to his expectation, he had quitted the city in despair

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Luscinda disappears from her parents’ house and the city after revealing her true marriage.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · 📍 [[the city]] · the next day

Luscinda

when it became known that Luscinda was missing from her father’s house and from the city

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Dorothea flees her father’s house in disguise with a servant to confront Don Fernando.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · the same night

Dorothea

in the silence of the night, without letting my treacherous maid know, I sallied forth from the house, accompanied by my servant

Part 1, Ch. 28.4
Dorothea pushes her servant over a precipice after he attempts to assault her.

Part 1, Ch. 28.4 · 📍 [[these mountains]]

Dorothea

with my slight strength and with little exertion I pushed him over a precipice, where I left him, whether dead or alive I know not

Part 1, Ch. 29.1
Cardenio reveals his identity and recognizes Dorothea as Clenardo’s daughter.

Part 1, Ch. 29.1

Cardenio Dorothea

I am that unhappy being, señora,” replied Cardenio, “whom, as you have said, Luscinda declared to be her husband; I am the unfortunate Cardenio

Part 1, Ch. 29.1
Cardenio pledges to restore Dorothea to Don Fernando, challenging him if necessary.

Part 1, Ch. 29.1

Cardenio Dorothea Don Fernando

I swear to you by the faith of a gentleman and a Christian not to desert you until I see you in possession of Don Fernando

Part 1, Ch. 29.1
Cardenio and Dorothea accept the curate’s offer of help and agree to go to his village.

Part 1, Ch. 29.1

Cardenio Dorothea the curate

Cardenio and Dorothea thanked him, and accepted the kind offer he made them

Part 1, Ch. 29.1
Dorothea agrees to impersonate a distressed damsel to lure Don Quixote away from his penance.

Part 1, Ch. 29.1

Dorothea the curate the barber Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Dorothea said that she could play the distressed damsel better than the barber

Part 1, Ch. 29.1
Dorothea disguises herself in rich clothing and ornaments for the rescue scheme.

Part 1, Ch. 29.1

Dorothea

Dorothea then took out of her pillow-case a complete petticoat of some rich stuff, and a green mantle of some other fine material, and a necklace and other ornaments out of a little box, and with these in an instant she so arrayed herself that she looked like a great and rich lady

Part 1, Ch. 29.1
The curate presents Dorothea as the heiress of Micomicon seeking Don Quixote’s aid.

Part 1, Ch. 29.1

the curate Dorothea Sancho Panza Don Quixote

This fair lady, brother Sancho,” replied the curate, “is no less a personage than the heiress in the direct male line of the great kingdom of Micomicon

Part 1, Ch. 29.2
Dorothea and the barber assume disguises for the plan to deceive Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 29.2 · By this time

Dorothea the barber the curate

By this time Dorothea had seated herself upon the curate’s mule, and the barber had fitted the ox-tail beard to his face, and they now told Sancho to conduct them to where Don Quixote was, warning him not to say that he knew either the licentiate or the barber, as his master’s becoming an emperor entirely depended on his not recognising them;

Part 1, Ch. 29.2
Don Quixote accepts Dorothea’s request to accompany her and avenge the usurpation of her kingdom.

Part 1, Ch. 29.2

Don Quixote Dorothea

Then what I ask,” said the damsel, “is that your magnanimous person accompany me at once whither I will conduct you, and that you promise not to engage in any other adventure or quest until you have avenged me of a traitor who against all human and divine law, has usurped my kingdom.”

Part 1, Ch. 29.2
Don Quixote arms himself and sets out to aid Dorothea in restoring her kingdom.

Part 1, Ch. 29.2

Don Quixote Dorothea Sancho Panza

“Let us be gone in the name of God to bring aid to this great lady.”

Part 1, Ch. 29.3
The curate disguises Cardenio by cutting off his beard and giving him different clothes.

Part 1, Ch. 29.3 · soon

the curate Cardenio

the curate, who was very fertile in devices, soon hit upon a way of effecting their purpose, and with a pair of scissors he had in a case he quickly cut off Cardenio’s beard, and putting on him a grey jerkin of his own he gave him a black cloak

Part 1, Ch. 29.3
A mule kicks the barber down, knocking off his false beard, which the curate magically reattaches.

Part 1, Ch. 29.3 · at once

the barber the curate

the mule, being as it happened a hired one, which is the same thing as saying ill-conditioned, lifted its hind hoofs and let fly a couple of kicks in the air

Part 1, Ch. 29.3
Don Quixote pledges his strength and service to Dorothea until death.

Part 1, Ch. 29.3

Don Quixote Dorothea

that which it may or may not have shall be devoted to your service even to death

Part 1, Ch. 29.3
The curate invents a story that galley slaves robbed him, the barber, and Cardenio.

Part 1, Ch. 29.3 · yesterday

the curate the barber Cardenio Don Quixote

you must know then, Señor Don Quixote, that Master Nicholas, our friend and barber, and I were going to Seville to receive some money

Part 1, Ch. 30.1
The curate identifies Dorothea as Princess Micomicona, enabling her invented account of royal misfortunes.

Part 1, Ch. 30.1

the curate Dorothea

who has forgotten that she is called the Princess Micomicona, lawful heiress of the great kingdom of Micomicon

Part 1, Ch. 30.1
Don Quixote offers to avenge Dorothea’s wrongs after hearing the nature of her troubles.

Part 1, Ch. 30.1

Don Quixote Dorothea

what is the nature of your trouble, and how many, who, and what are the persons of whom I am to require due satisfaction, and on whom I am to take vengeance on your behalf?

Part 1, Ch. 30.1
Tinacrio foretells Queen Jaramilla’s death and his own, leaving Dorothea orphaned.

Part 1, Ch. 30.1 · soon after he too was to depart this life

Tinacrio the Sapient Queen Jaramilla Dorothea

my mother, who was called Queen Jaramilla, was to die before he did, and that soon after he too was to depart this life, and I was to be left an orphan without father or mother

Part 1, Ch. 30.1
Tinacrio predicts that Pandafilando will invade and strip Dorothea’s kingdom after her father’s death.

Part 1, Ch. 30.1 · when he was dead

Tinacrio the Sapient Pandafilando of the Scowl

when he was dead, and I saw Pandafilando about to invade my kingdom, I was not to wait and attempt to defend myself

Part 1, Ch. 30.1
Dorothea rejects marriage to Pandafilando despite the threat posed by his invasion.

Part 1, Ch. 30.1

Dorothea Pandafilando of the Scowl

it has never entered my mind to marry that giant, or any other, let him be ever so great or enormous

Part 1, Ch. 30.1
Tinacrio directs Dorothea to leave her kingdom and seek Don Quixote’s aid in Spain.

Part 1, Ch. 30.1 · 📍 [[Spain]] · when I saw Pandafilando about to invade my kingdom

Tinacrio the Sapient Dorothea Don Quixote

I should at once with some of my followers set out for Spain, where I should obtain relief in my distress on finding a certain knight-errant

Part 1, Ch. 30.2
Dorothea recruits Don Quixote to slay Pandafilando and restore her usurped kingdom.

Part 1, Ch. 30.2

Dorothea Don Quixote Pandafilando of the Scowl

he has granted me the boon of accompanying me whithersoever I may conduct him, which will be only to bring him face to face with Pandafilando of the Scowl, that he may slay him and restore to me what has been unjustly usurped by him

Part 1, Ch. 30.2
Dorothea offers marriage and her kingdom to Don Quixote if he kills Pandafilando.

Part 1, Ch. 30.2

Dorothea Don Quixote

if this predicted knight, after having cut the giant’s throat, should be disposed to marry me I was to offer myself at once without demur as his lawful wife, and yield him possession of my kingdom together with my person

Part 1, Ch. 30.2
Don Quixote renews his pledge to serve Dorothea but refuses marriage because he remains devoted to Dulcinea.

Part 1, Ch. 30.2

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso Dorothea

when it has been cut off and you have been put in peaceful possession of your realm it shall be left to your own decision to dispose of your person as may be most pleasing to you; for so long as my memory is occupied, my will enslaved, and my understanding enthralled by her—I say no more—it is impossible for me for a moment to contemplate marriage

Part 1, Ch. 30.2
Sancho acknowledges Dorothea as his queen, and she promises to make him a great lord.

Part 1, Ch. 30.2

Sancho Panza Dorothea

Dorothea therefore gave her hand, and promised to make him a great lord in her kingdom

Part 1, Ch. 30.2
Don Quixote beats Sancho for insulting Dulcinea and intervenes to defend her honor.

Part 1, Ch. 30.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

Don Quixote, when he heard such blasphemies uttered against his lady Dulcinea, could not endure it, and lifting his pike, without saying anything to Sancho or uttering a word, he gave him two such thwacks that he brought him to the ground

Part 1, Ch. 30.3
Don Quixote forgives Sancho, who kisses his hand and receives his master’s blessing.

Part 1, Ch. 30.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Sancho advanced hanging his head and begged his master’s hand, which Don Quixote with dignity presented to him, giving him his blessing as soon as he had kissed it;

Part 1, Ch. 30.3
Sancho recognizes Ginés de Pasamonte, who abandons Dapple and flees.

Part 1, Ch. 30.3

Sancho Panza Ginés de Pasamonte

Sancho saw him and recognised him, and the instant he did so he shouted to him, “Ginesillo, you thief, give up my treasure, release my life, embarrass thyself not with my repose, quit my ass, leave my delight, be off, rip, get thee gone, thief, and give up what is not thine.”

Part 1, Ch. 30.3
Sancho recovers Dapple and embraces and caresses him as his beloved comrade.

Part 1, Ch. 30.3

Sancho Panza

Sancho hastened to his Dapple, and embracing him he said, “How hast thou fared, my blessing, Dapple of my eyes, my comrade?”

Part 1, Ch. 30.3
Dorothea reveals that she improvised her princess story after reading books of chivalry.

Part 1, Ch. 30.3

Dorothea the curate

She said that she had many times amused herself reading them; but that she did not know the situation of the provinces or seaports, and so she had said at haphazard that she had landed at Osuna.

Part 1, Ch. 30.3
Sancho reveals that he carried no letter to Dulcinea, but recited it from memory to a sacristan.

Part 1, Ch. 30.3

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

“Señor,” replied Sancho, “if the truth is to be told, nobody copied out the letter for me, for I carried no letter at all.”

Part 1, Ch. 31.1
Dulcinea tears up Don Quixote’s letter to keep its secrets from the village.

Part 1, Ch. 31.1

Dulcinea del Toboso Don Quixote

she tore it up into small pieces, saying that she did not want to let anyone read it lest her secrets should become known in the village

Part 1, Ch. 31.1
Dulcinea urges Don Quixote to end his penance and come immediately to El Toboso.

Part 1, Ch. 31.1 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Dulcinea del Toboso Don Quixote

she told me to tell your worship that she kissed your hands, and that she had a greater desire to see you than to write to you; and that therefore she entreated and commanded you, on sight of this present, to come out of these thickets, and to have done with carrying on absurdities, and to set out at once for El Toboso

Part 1, Ch. 31.1
Dulcinea gives Sancho bread and sheep’s-milk cheese for delivering her message.

Part 1, Ch. 31.1 · on taking my leave of her

Dulcinea del Toboso Sancho Panza

because that was what my lady Dulcinea gave me over the top of the yard-wall when I took leave of her; and more by token it was sheep’s-milk cheese

Part 1, Ch. 31.2
Don Quixote accepts Sancho Panza’s advice to delay visiting Dulcinea until after defeating the giant.

Part 1, Ch. 31.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

“I hold thou art in the right of it, Sancho,” said Don Quixote, “and I will take thy advice as to accompanying the princess before going to see Dulcinea; but I counsel thee not to say anything to anyone, or to those who are with us, about what we have considered and discussed, for as Dulcinea is so decorous that she does not wish her thoughts to be known it is not right that I or anyone for me should disclose them.”

Part 1, Ch. 31.2
Don Quixote promises Sancho Panza a portion of the kingdom if he wins the battle, even without marrying.

Part 1, Ch. 31.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

For before going into battle I will make it a stipulation that, if I come out of it victorious, even I do not marry, they shall give me a portion of the kingdom, that I may bestow it upon whomsoever I choose, and when they give it to me upon whom wouldst thou have me bestow it but upon thee?”

Part 1, Ch. 31.3
Andres reveals that Don Quixote’s intervention led to renewed flogging and left him unpaid.

Part 1, Ch. 31.3 · some days ago

Don Quixote Andres

Not only did he not pay me,” replied the lad, “but as soon as your worship had passed out of the wood and we were alone, he tied me up again to the same oak and gave me a fresh flogging

Part 1, Ch. 31.3
Don Quixote renews his promise to avenge Andres, but postpones action until Dorothea’s enterprise is completed.

Part 1, Ch. 31.3 · until my return

Don Quixote Andres Dorothea

To which she replied that he must remember that in accordance with his promise he could not engage in any enterprise until he had concluded hers

Part 1, Ch. 31.3
Sancho gives Andres bread and cheese, after which Andres takes the road and departs.

Part 1, Ch. 31.3

Sancho Panza Andres

Andres seized his bread and cheese, and seeing that nobody gave him anything more, bent his head, and took hold of the road, as the saying is.

Part 1, Ch. 32.1
The barber ends his disguise and restores the borrowed accessories used to deliver Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 32.1

the barber

On this the barber cheerfully restored the tail to the landlady, and at the same time they returned all the accessories they had borrowed to effect Don Quixote’s deliverance.

Part 1, Ch. 32.1
The curate discovers three books and manuscripts in the innkeeper’s valise.

Part 1, Ch. 32.1

the curate

On opening which the curate found in it three large books and some manuscripts written in a very good hand.

Part 1, Ch. 32.2
Sancho Panza resolves to abandon Don Quixote and return to his family if the journey fails.

Part 1, Ch. 32.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Sancho had made his appearance in the middle of this conversation, and he was very much troubled and cast down by what he heard said about knights-errant being now no longer in vogue, and all books of chivalry being folly and lies; and he resolved in his heart to wait and see what came of this journey of his master’s, and if it did not turn out as happily as his master expected, he determined to leave him and go back to his wife and children and his ordinary labour.

Part 1, Ch. 32.2
The innkeeper agrees to let the curate copy the manuscript if he enjoys it.

Part 1, Ch. 32.2

the innkeeper the curate

“With all my heart,” replied the host.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1
Lothario negotiates Anselmo’s marriage, and Camilla becomes Anselmo’s wife.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1 · 📍 [[Florence]]

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

Anselmo was deep in love with a high-born and beautiful maiden of the same city, the daughter of parents so estimable, and so estimable herself, that he resolved, with the approval of his friend Lothario, without whom he did nothing, to ask her of them in marriage, and did so, Lothario being the bearer of the demand, and conducting the negotiation so much to the satisfaction of his friend that in a short time he was in possession of the object of his desires, and Camilla so happy in having won Anselmo for her husband, that she gave thanks unceasingly to heaven and to Lothario, by whose means such good fortune had fallen to her.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1
Lothario stops visiting Anselmo’s house as frequently after Anselmo’s marriage.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1 · 📍 [[Anselmo’s house]] · when the wedding days were over

Lothario Anselmo

but when the wedding days were over and the succession of visits and congratulations had slackened, he began purposely to leave off going to the house of Anselmo

Part 1, Ch. 33.1
Anselmo persuades Lothario to resume visits, establishing twice-weekly and holiday dinners.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1 · 📍 [[Anselmo’s house]]

Anselmo Lothario

and so he entreated him, if such a phrase was allowable between them, to be once more master of his house and to come in and go out as formerly

Part 1, Ch. 33.1
Lothario deliberately avoids most agreed visits to protect Anselmo’s and Camilla’s honor.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1 · 📍 [[Anselmo’s house]]

Lothario Anselmo Camilla

but though this arrangement was made between them Lothario resolved to observe it no further than he considered to be in accordance with the honour of his friend

Part 1, Ch. 33.1
Anselmo tells Lothario that a strange, distressing desire has burdened him and asks to confide it.

Part 1, Ch. 33.1 · on one occasion

Anselmo Lothario

and as, in short, it must come out, I would confide it to thy safe keeping, feeling sure that by this means, and by thy readiness as a true friend to afford me relief, I shall soon find myself freed from the distress it causes me

Part 1, Ch. 33.2
Anselmo reveals that he wants to test Camilla's virtue through temptation.

Part 1, Ch. 33.2

Anselmo Lothario

the desire which harasses me is that of knowing whether my wife Camilla is as good and as perfect as I think her to be

Part 1, Ch. 33.2
Anselmo asks Lothario to court Camilla as an instrument for testing her virtue.

Part 1, Ch. 33.2

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

it is my desire, friend Lothario, that thou shouldst consent to become the instrument for effecting this purpose

Part 1, Ch. 33.3
Anselmo intends to test Camilla’s virtue despite knowing her reputation for chastity.

Part 1, Ch. 33.3

Anselmo Camilla

Consider, then, Anselmo my friend, that Camilla is a diamond of the finest quality as well in thy estimation as in that of others, and that it is contrary to reason to expose her to the risk of being broken;

Part 1, Ch. 33.4
Lothario agrees to court Camilla at Anselmo’s urging, intending to satisfy Anselmo without corrupting her.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

Lothario seeing the fixed determination of Anselmo, and not knowing what further examples to offer or arguments to urge in order to dissuade him from it, and perceiving that he threatened to confide his pernicious scheme to someone else, to avoid a greater evil resolved to gratify him and do what he asked, intending to manage the business so as to satisfy Anselmo without corrupting the mind of Camilla; so in reply he told him not to communicate his purpose to any other, for he would undertake the task himself, and would begin it as soon as he pleased.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4
Anselmo and Lothario agree to begin the courtship scheme, with Anselmo providing opportunities, money, jewels, music, and verses.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4 · the next day

Anselmo Lothario

it was agreed between them to set about it the next day, Anselmo affording opportunity and time to Lothario to converse alone with Camilla, and furnishing him with money and jewels to offer and present to her.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4
Lothario devises a plan to deceive Anselmo while protecting Camilla from harm.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4 · That night

Lothario Anselmo Camilla

That night, however, he thought of a plan by which he might deceive Anselmo without any injury to Camilla.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4
Anselmo leaves Lothario alone with Camilla, deliberately creating the opportunity for the proposed courtship.

Part 1, Ch. 33.4 · 📍 [[Anselmo’s house]] · The next day

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

When dinner was over and the cloth removed, Anselmo told Lothario to stay there with Camilla while he attended to some pressing business, as he would return in an hour and a half.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5
Lothario falsely reports that Camilla resisted his advances and revealed she would inform her husband.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5 · several days

Lothario Anselmo Camilla

Thus, then, several days went by, and Lothario, without uttering a word to Camilla, reported to Anselmo that he had talked with her and that he had never been able to draw from her the slightest indication of consent to anything dishonourable, nor even a sign or shadow of hope; on the contrary, he said she would inform her husband of it.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5
Anselmo promises Lothario four thousand crowns to tempt Camilla with money and jewels.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5 · to-morrow

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

I will give you to-morrow two thousand crowns in gold for you to offer or even present, and as many more to buy jewels to lure her

Part 1, Ch. 33.5
Anselmo catches Lothario lying after secretly watching him remain silent with Camilla.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

I have been just now watching through this keyhole, and I have seen that thou hast not said a word to Camilla

Part 1, Ch. 33.5
Anselmo departs for eight days, ordering Camilla to host Lothario and treat him as herself.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5 · 📍 [[the village]] · The next day

Anselmo Camilla Lothario

The next day Anselmo took his departure for the village, leaving instructions with Camilla that during his absence Lothario would come to look after his house and to dine with her, and that she was to treat him as she would himself.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5
Camilla reluctantly agrees to obey Anselmo’s command to receive Lothario in his absence.

Part 1, Ch. 33.5

Camilla Anselmo

Camilla said she would do so, though against her will.

Part 1, Ch. 33.6
Lothario betrays Anselmo’s loyalty and begins passionately courting Camilla.

Part 1, Ch. 33.6 · after Anselmo had been three days absent

Lothario Anselmo Camilla

In short the beauty and goodness of Camilla, joined with the opportunity which the blind husband had placed in his hands, overthrew the loyalty of Lothario; and giving heed to nothing save the object towards which his inclinations led him, after Anselmo had been three days absent, during which he had been carrying on a continual struggle with his passion, he began to make love to Camilla with so much vehemence and warmth of language that she was overwhelmed with amazement, and could only rise from her place and retire to her room without answering him a word.

Part 1, Ch. 33.6
Camilla rejects Lothario’s advances by leaving without answering him.

Part 1, Ch. 33.6

Camilla Lothario

she was overwhelmed with amazement, and could only rise from her place and retire to her room without answering him a word.

Part 1, Ch. 33.6
Camilla sends Anselmo a letter reporting Lothario’s unexpected advances.

Part 1, Ch. 33.6 · that very night

Camilla Anselmo

she resolved to send, as she did that very night, one of her servants with a letter to Anselmo, in which she addressed the following words to him.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1
Camilla yields to Lothario, beginning their secret love affair.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1 · the next day

Camilla Lothario

Camilla yielded, Camilla fell; but what wonder if the friendship of Lothario could not stand firm?

Part 1, Ch. 34.1
Leonela learns that Camilla and Lothario have become lovers.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1

Leonela Camilla Lothario

Leonela alone knew of her mistress’s weakness, for the two false friends and new lovers were unable to conceal it.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1
Lothario deceives Anselmo by falsely claiming Camilla rejected his advances.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1 · A few days later

Anselmo Lothario

The words that I have addressed to her were borne away on the wind, my promises have been despised, my presents have been refused, such feigned tears as I shed have been turned into open ridicule.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1
Anselmo persuades Lothario to continue the deception by writing verses for the fictitious Chloris.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1

Anselmo Lothario

An agreement to this effect was made between the friends, the ill-advised one and the treacherous

Part 1, Ch. 34.1
Anselmo tells Camilla that Lothario loves another woman named Chloris, concealing the affair.

Part 1, Ch. 34.1

Anselmo Camilla Lothario

Anselmo told her she might be quite easy on the score of that suspicion, for he knew that Lothario was in love with a damsel of rank in the city whom he celebrated under the name of Chloris

Part 1, Ch. 34.2
Camilla yields to Lothario during Anselmo’s absence, beginning their adulterous relationship.

Part 1, Ch. 34.2

Camilla Lothario Anselmo

Moreover, lady Camilla, you did not surrender yourself or yield so quickly but that first you saw Lothario’s whole soul in his eyes, in his sighs, in his words, his promises and his gifts, and by it and his good qualities perceived how worthy he was of your love.

Part 1, Ch. 34.2
Leonela reveals that she has personal experience of love and promises to explain it to Camilla.

Part 1, Ch. 34.2 · on one occasion

Leonela Camilla

All this I know well myself, more by experience than by hearsay, and some day, señora, I will enlighten you on the subject, for I am of your flesh and blood too.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3
Leonela confesses that she has a lover.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3

Leonela Camilla

confessing to Camilla that she had love passages with a young man of good birth of the same city.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3
Leonela begins bringing her lover secretly into Anselmo’s house.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3

Leonela

this abandoned and bold Leonela, as soon as she perceived that her mistress’s demeanour was not what it was wont to be, had the audacity to introduce her lover into the house

Part 1, Ch. 34.3
Lothario falsely tells Anselmo that Camilla has agreed to meet him.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3 · before Anselmo had risen

Lothario Anselmo Camilla

Know, Anselmo, that for several days past I have been struggling with myself, striving to withhold from thee what it is no longer possible or right that I should conceal from thee.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3
Anselmo agrees to hide and witness Camilla’s supposed infidelity.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3 · 📍 [[the closet where thy jewels are kept]]

Anselmo Lothario Camilla

Thou hast behaved, Lothario, as I expected of thy friendship: I will follow thy advice in everything; do as thou wilt, and keep this secret as thou seest it should be kept in circumstances so unlooked for.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3
Camilla reveals Leonela’s nightly concealment of her lover.

Part 1, Ch. 34.3 · the same day

Camilla Lothario Leonela

for the audacity of Leonela has now reached such a pitch that every night she conceals a gallant of hers in this house and remains with him till morning

Part 1, Ch. 34.4
Lothario confesses his spying scheme to Camilla and begs her pardon.

Part 1, Ch. 34.4

Lothario Camilla

At the same time he told her what, driven by the fierce rage of jealousy, he had said to Anselmo, and how he had arranged to hide himself in the closet that he might there see plainly how little she preserved her fidelity to him; and he entreated her pardon for this madness, and her advice as to how to repair it, and escape safely from the intricate labyrinth in which his imprudence had involved him.

Part 1, Ch. 34.4
Camilla plans to deceive Anselmo by having Lothario pretend to answer her accusations while Anselmo hides.

Part 1, Ch. 34.4 · the next day

Camilla Lothario Anselmo

Camilla on the spur of the moment thought of a way to remedy what was to all appearance irremediable, and told Lothario to contrive that the next day Anselmo should conceal himself in the place he mentioned

Part 1, Ch. 34.4
Anselmo pretends to leave for his friend’s country house, returns, and hides to spy on Camilla.

Part 1, Ch. 34.4 · 📍 [[the closet]] · the next day

Anselmo

the next day Anselmo, under pretence of going to his friend’s country house, took his departure, and then returned to conceal himself

Part 1, Ch. 34.4
Camilla and Leonela stage an accusation against Lothario before the concealed Anselmo.

Part 1, Ch. 34.4 · 📍 [[the closet]] · the next day

Camilla Leonela Anselmo Lothario

Having made sure of Anselmo’s being in his hiding-place, Camilla and Leonela entered the closet

Part 1, Ch. 34.5
Anselmo witnesses Camilla’s conduct and becomes convinced of her fidelity.

Part 1, Ch. 34.5

Anselmo Camilla

Anselmo, concealed behind some tapestries where he had hidden himself, beheld and was amazed at all, and already felt that what he had seen and heard was a sufficient answer to even greater suspicions;

Part 1, Ch. 34.5
Lothario joins Camilla’s deception to make her feigned rejection appear genuine to Anselmo.

Part 1, Ch. 34.5

Camilla Lothario Anselmo

Lothario was not so dull but that from the first moment when Camilla directed him to make Anselmo hide himself he understood what she intended to do, and therefore he fell in with her idea so readily and promptly that between them they made the imposture look more true than truth;

Part 1, Ch. 34.5
Camilla threatens to kill herself if Lothario crosses a line or approaches her.

Part 1, Ch. 34.5

Camilla Lothario

Lothario, pay attention to what I say to thee: if by any chance thou darest to cross this line thou seest, or even approach it, the instant I see thee attempt it that same instant will I pierce my bosom with this dagger that I hold in my hand;

Part 1, Ch. 34.5
Camilla attacks Lothario with a dagger during the staged confrontation.

Part 1, Ch. 34.5

Camilla Lothario

As she uttered these words, with incredible energy and swiftness she flew upon Lothario with the naked dagger, so manifestly bent on burying it in his breast that he was almost uncertain whether these demonstrations were real or feigned,

Part 1, Ch. 34.5
Camilla deliberately wounds herself and collapses as if fainting.

Part 1, Ch. 34.5

Camilla

she released it, and directing the point to a place where it could not inflict a deep wound, she plunged it into her left side high up close to the shoulder, and then allowed herself to fall to the ground as if in a faint.

Part 1, Ch. 34.6
Camilla’s slight wound is treated and concealed to preserve their deception of Anselmo.

Part 1, Ch. 34.6

Camilla Leonela

Leonela, as he told her, stanched her lady’s blood, which was no more than sufficed to support her deception; and washing the wound with a little wine she bound it up to the best of her skill

Part 1, Ch. 34.6
Camilla, Leonela, and Lothario deceive Anselmo into believing Camilla’s purity has been proved.

Part 1, Ch. 34.6 · that night

Camilla Leonela Lothario Anselmo

Anselmo had with the deepest attention listened to and seen played out the tragedy of the death of his honour, which the performers acted with such wonderfully effective truth that it seemed as if they had become the realities of the parts they played.

Part 1, Ch. 34.6
Anselmo celebrates with Lothario, unaware that his friend has helped destroy his honour.

Part 1, Ch. 34.6

Anselmo Lothario

He himself, persuaded he was conducting the instrument of his glory, led home by the hand of him who had been the utter destruction of his good name

Part 1, Ch. 34.6
The concealed guilt is revealed, and Anselmo dies as the penalty for his curiosity.

Part 1, Ch. 34.6 · at the end of a few months

Anselmo Camilla Lothario

the guilt which had been until then so skilfully concealed was published abroad, and Anselmo paid with his life the penalty of his ill-advised curiosity.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1
Don Quixote slashes the innkeeper’s wine skins while dreaming he is fighting a giant.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1

Don Quixote

For his imagination was so wrought upon by the adventure he was going to accomplish, that it made him dream he had already reached the kingdom of Micomicon, and was engaged in combat with his enemy; and believing he was laying on the giant, he had given so many sword cuts to the skins that the whole room was full of wine.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1
The innkeeper attacks Don Quixote over the ruined wine skins until Cardenio and the curate restrain him.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1

the innkeeper Don Quixote Cardenio the curate

On seeing this the landlord was so enraged that he fell on Don Quixote, and with his clenched fist began to pummel him in such a way, that if Cardenio and the curate had not dragged him off, he would have brought the war of the giant to an end.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1
The barber wakes Don Quixote by throwing a pot of cold water over him.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1

the barber Don Quixote

But in spite of all the poor gentleman never woke until the barber brought a great pot of cold water from the well and flung it with one dash all over his body, on which Don Quixote woke up, but not so completely as to understand what was the matter.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1
The innkeeper insists Don Quixote and Sancho must pay for the damaged wine skins.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1

the innkeeper Don Quixote Sancho Panza

The landlord was beside himself at the coolness of the squire and the mischievous doings of the master, and swore it should not be like the last time when they went without paying; and that their privileges of chivalry should not hold good this time to let one or other of them off without paying, even to the cost of the plugs that would have to be put to the damaged wine-skins.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1
Don Quixote declares the giant defeated and says his promise to the Princess Micomicona is fulfilled.

Part 1, Ch. 35.1

Don Quixote Dorothea

Exalted and beauteous lady, your highness may live from this day forth fearless of any harm this base being could do you; and I too from this day forth am released from the promise I gave you, since by the help of God on high and by the favour of her by whom I live and breathe, I have fulfilled it so successfully.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2
Don Quixote bursts the innkeeper’s wine-skins and spills the wine, creating losses he refuses to pay.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2

Don Quixote the innkeeper

and then, for a finishing touch to all, to burst my wine-skins and spill my wine!

Part 1, Ch. 35.2
The curate promises to compensate the innkeeper for the wine, wine-skins, and damaged tail.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2

the curate the innkeeper

The curate smoothed matters by promising to make good all losses to the best of his power, not only as regarded the wine-skins but also the wine, and above all the depreciation of the tail which they set such store by.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2
Dorothea pledges Sancho the best county in her kingdom if his giant decapitation is confirmed.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2

Dorothea Sancho Panza

Dorothea comforted Sancho, telling him that she pledged herself, as soon as it should appear certain that his master had decapitated the giant, and she found herself peacefully established in her kingdom, to bestow upon him the best county there was in it.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2
Anselmo discovers a man escaping Leonela’s room, and Leonela claims the man is her husband.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2 · At last one night

Anselmo Leonela

At last one night Anselmo heard footsteps in Leonela’s room, and on trying to enter to see who it was, he found that the door was held against him

Part 1, Ch. 35.2
Leonela promises to reveal astonishing information after asking Anselmo to wait until the next day.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2

Anselmo Leonela

leave me till to-morrow, and then you shall hear from me what will fill you with astonishment

Part 1, Ch. 35.2
Anselmo confines Leonela in her room until she discloses what she knows.

Part 1, Ch. 35.2

Anselmo Leonela

He went at once to see Camilla, and tell her, as he did, all that had passed between him and her handmaid, and the promise she had given him to inform him matters of serious importance.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3
Camilla escaped Anselmo’s house, and Lothario took her to a convent for safety.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3 · that same night

Camilla Lothario

At length he resolved to conduct her to a convent of which a sister of his was prioress; Camilla agreed to this, and with the speed which the circumstances demanded, Lothario took her to the convent and left her there, and then himself quitted the city without letting anyone know of his departure.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3
Leonela escaped from the room where Anselmo had locked her.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3 · 📍 [[Anselmo’s house]] · the next morning

Leonela

He opened the door, entered, but found no Leonela; all he found was some sheets knotted to the window, a plain proof that she had let herself down from it and escaped.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3
Anselmo died while writing a declaration explaining the suffering caused by his ill-advised curiosity.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3

Anselmo

He began to write, but before he had put down all he meant to say, his breath failed him and he yielded up his life, a victim to the suffering which his ill-advised curiosity had entailed upon him.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3
Lothario was killed in a battle involving M. de Lautrec and Gonzalo Fernandez de Cordova.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3 · 📍 [[the kingdom of Naples]] · not long afterwards

Lothario M. de Lautrec Gonzalo Fernandez de Cordova

Although she saw herself a widow, it is said she refused either to quit the convent or take the veil, until, not long afterwards, intelligence reached her that Lothario had been killed in a battle in which M. de Lautrec had been recently engaged with the Great Captain Gonzalo Fernandez de Cordova in the kingdom of Naples, whither her too late repentant lover had repaired.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3
Camilla took the veil after learning that Lothario had been killed.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3 · 📍 [[the convent]] · On learning this

Camilla

On learning this Camilla took the veil, and shortly afterwards died, worn out by grief and melancholy.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3
Camilla died, worn out by grief and melancholy.

Part 1, Ch. 35.3 · 📍 [[the convent]] · shortly afterwards

Camilla

On learning this Camilla took the veil, and shortly afterwards died, worn out by grief and melancholy.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1
Dorothea recognizes Don Fernando as her husband.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1

Dorothea Don Fernando

Dorothea, who was holding the lady in her arms, raising her eyes saw that he who likewise held her was her husband, Don Fernando.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1
Dorothea faints, and the barber catches her before she falls.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1 · The instant she recognised him

Dorothea the barber

The instant she recognised him, with a prolonged plaintive cry drawn from the depths of her heart, she fell backwards fainting, and but for the barber being close by to catch her in his arms, she would have fallen completely to the ground.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1
The curate tends Dorothea after she faints.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1 · at once

the curate Dorothea

The curate at once hastened to uncover her face and throw water on it

Part 1, Ch. 36.1
Luscinda and Cardenio recognize each other while Don Fernando restrains her.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1

Don Fernando Luscinda Cardenio

not, however, relaxing his grasp of Luscinda, for it was she that was struggling to release herself from his hold, having recognised Cardenio by his voice, as he had recognised her.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1
Don Fernando recognizes Cardenio, bringing the concealed identities into the open.

Part 1, Ch. 36.1 · at once

Don Fernando Cardenio

Don Fernando, too, knew Cardenio at once;

Part 1, Ch. 36.2
Luscinda rejects Don Fernando and declares Cardenio her true husband.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2

Luscinda Don Fernando

See how Heaven, by ways strange and hidden from our sight, has brought me face to face with my true husband; and well you know by dear-bought experience that death alone will be able to efface him from my memory.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2
Dorothea reveals that Don Fernando's pledge made her his wife.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2

Dorothea Don Fernando

To make an end, señor, these are my last words to thee: whether thou wilt, or wilt not, I am thy wife; witness thy words, which must not and ought not to be false, if thou dost pride thyself on that for want of which thou scornest me; witness the pledge which thou didst give me, and witness Heaven, which thou thyself didst call to witness the promise thou hadst made me; and if all this fail, thy own conscience will not fail to lift up its silent voice in the midst of all thy gaiety, and vindicate the truth of what I say and mar thy highest pleasure and enjoyment.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2
Don Fernando yields to Dorothea's claim and releases Luscinda.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2

Don Fernando Dorothea Luscinda

Thou hast conquered, fair Dorothea, thou hast conquered, for it is impossible to have the heart to deny the united force of so many truths.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2
Luscinda recognizes Cardenio and embraces him as her true master.

Part 1, Ch. 36.2

Cardenio Luscinda

At these words Luscinda looked up at Cardenio, at first beginning to recognise him by his voice and then satisfying herself by her eyes that it was he, and hardly knowing what she did, and heedless of all considerations of decorum, she flung her arms around his neck and pressing her face close to his, said, “Yes, my dear lord, you are the true master of this your slave, even though adverse fate interpose again, and fresh dangers threaten this life that hangs on yours.”

Part 1, Ch. 36.3
Don Fernando accepts Dorothea and pledges to live with her in peace and contentment.

Part 1, Ch. 36.3

Don Fernando Dorothea

and as she has found and gained the object of her desires, and I have found in you what satisfies all my wishes, may she live in peace and contentment as many happy years with her Cardenio, as on my knees I pray Heaven to allow me to live with my Dorothea;

Part 1, Ch. 36.3
Don Fernando accepts Cardenio and Luscinda’s union and embraces them with affection.

Part 1, Ch. 36.3

Don Fernando Cardenio Luscinda

raising them up embraced them with every mark of affection and courtesy.

Part 1, Ch. 36.3
Don Fernando and his companions abduct Luscinda from the convent and take her away.

Part 1, Ch. 36.3 · 📍 [[the convent]]

Don Fernando Luscinda

he and the other entered the convent in quest of Luscinda, whom they found in the cloisters in conversation with one of the nuns, and carrying her off without giving her time to resist

Part 1, Ch. 37.1
The Princess Micomicona deception is exposed, revealing Dorothea and Don Fernando's true identities.

Part 1, Ch. 37.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Sancho Panza Don Quixote Dorothea Don Fernando

the fair Princess Micomicona had turned into Dorothea, and the giant into Don Fernando

Part 1, Ch. 37.1
Sancho reveals that Don Quixote's supposed giant was actually a wine-skin.

Part 1, Ch. 37.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Sancho Panza Don Quixote the innkeeper

the dead giant is a hacked wine-skin, and the blood four-and-twenty gallons of red wine that it had in its belly

Part 1, Ch. 37.1
The curate reveals Don Quixote's madness and the scheme devised to bring him home.

Part 1, Ch. 37.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

the curate Don Fernando Don Quixote

the curate gave Don Fernando and the others present an account of Don Quixote’s madness and of the stratagem they had made use of to withdraw him from that Pena Pobre

Part 1, Ch. 37.1
Don Fernando decides that Dorothea should continue the plan to help Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 37.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Fernando Dorothea

No,” said Don Fernando, “that must not be, for I want Dorothea to follow out this idea of hers

Part 1, Ch. 37.1
Don Fernando volunteers to travel as far as necessary to help bring Don Quixote home.

Part 1, Ch. 37.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Fernando Don Quixote

Even if it were more,” said Don Fernando, “I would gladly travel so far for the sake of doing so good a work.”

Part 1, Ch. 37.1
Don Quixote renews his promise to defeat Dorothea's supposed enemy and restore her crown.

Part 1, Ch. 37.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Quixote Dorothea

with it, before many days are over, I will bring your enemy’s head to the ground and place on yours the crown of your kingdom.

Part 1, Ch. 37.2
Dorothea continues impersonating Princess Micomicona to preserve Don Quixote’s deception.

Part 1, Ch. 37.2 · 📍 [[inn]]

Dorothea Don Fernando Don Quixote

Whoever told you, valiant Knight of the Rueful Countenance, that I had undergone any change or transformation did not tell you the truth, for I am the same as I was yesterday.

Part 1, Ch. 37.2
Don Fernando promises that everyone will accompany Don Quixote on his planned enterprise.

Part 1, Ch. 37.2 · 📍 [[inn]] · to-morrow

Don Fernando Don Quixote

to-morrow we will all accompany Señor Don Quixote; for we wish to witness the valiant and unparalleled achievements he is about to perform in the course of this mighty enterprise which he has undertaken.

Part 1, Ch. 37.2
Luscinda offers the veiled lady shared lodging and comfort at the inn.

Part 1, Ch. 37.2 · 📍 [[inn]] · this evening

Luscinda Luscinda

she shall be made as comfortable as the circumstances allow, with the good-will we are bound to show all strangers that stand in need of it, especially if it be a woman to whom the service is rendered.

Part 1, Ch. 37.3
Zoraida removes her veil, revealing her face to everyone present.

Part 1, Ch. 37.3

Zoraida

and thereupon she removed it and disclosed a countenance so lovely

Part 1, Ch. 37.3
Zoraida rejects her Moorish name and declares that she is called Maria.

Part 1, Ch. 37.3

Zoraida

“No, not Zoraida; Maria, Maria!” giving them to understand that she was called “Maria” and not “Zoraida.”

Part 1, Ch. 37.3
Don Quixote publicly assumes responsibility for protecting the lady Micomicona.

Part 1, Ch. 37.3 · Night was now approaching

Don Quixote Dorothea

Don Quixote, who desired the lady Micomicona to place herself by his side, as he was her protector

Part 1, Ch. 38
Don Fernando asks the captive to tell his life story, and the captive agrees.

Part 1, Ch. 38 · after supper

Don Fernando the captive

Don Fernando begged the captive to tell them the story of his life, for it could not fail to be strange and interesting, to judge by the hints he had let fall on his arrival in company with Zoraida.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2
El Uchali captured the captive after taking the Maltese galley.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2

El Uchali

El Uchali, the king of Algiers, a daring and successful corsair, having attacked and taken the leading Maltese galley

Part 1, Ch. 39.2
Selim appointed El Uchali general at sea for his bravery in battle.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2 · 📍 [[Constantinople]]

Selim El Uchali

They carried me to Constantinople, where the Grand Turk, Selim, made my master general at sea for having done his duty in the battle

Part 1, Ch. 39.2
Barbarossa’s son was killed by the enslaved rowers during the capture of the Prize.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2

Barbarossa

The son of Barbarossa was so cruel, and treated his slaves so badly, that, when those who were at the oars saw that the She-wolf galley was bearing down upon them and gaining upon them, they all at once dropped their oars and seized their captain

Part 1, Ch. 39.2
Don John seized Tunis, installed Muley Hamet, and ended Muley Hamida’s hopes of returning to reign.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2 · 📍 [[Tunis]] · the following year, seventy-three

Don John of Austria Muley Hamet Muley Hamida

Don John had seized Tunis and taken the kingdom from the Turks, and placed Muley Hamet in possession, putting an end to the hopes which Muley Hamida, the cruelest and bravest Moor in the world, entertained of returning to reign there.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2
The Goletta and the fort fell to the Turkish assault, ending Don John’s foothold near Tunis.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2 · 📍 [[Goletta]] · the following year, seventy-four

Don John of Austria

At length the Goletta fell, and the fort fell

Part 1, Ch. 39.2
Pagano Doria was killed by Arabs after the fort fell.

Part 1, Ch. 39.2

Pagano Doria

Pagano Doria, knight of the Order of St. John, a man of generous disposition, as was shown by his extreme liberality to his brother, the famous John Andrea Doria; and what made his death the more sad was that he was slain by some Arabs

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
El Uchali died after rising from galley slave to king of Algiers and general-on-sea.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[Constantinople]] · a few months later

El Uchali

Finally the fleet returned victorious and triumphant to Constantinople, and a few months later died my master, El Uchali

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
El Uchali’s slaves were divided, and the captive fell to Hassan Aga’s lot.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[Constantinople]] · after his death

El Uchali the Grand Signor Hassan Aga the captive

I fell to the lot of a Venetian renegade who, when a cabin boy on board a ship, had been taken by Uchali

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
Hassan Aga became king of Algiers and grew very rich.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[Algiers]]

Hassan Aga

He came to be the most cruel renegade I ever saw: his name was Hassan Aga, and he grew very rich and became king of Algiers.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
The captive went with Hassan Aga from Constantinople to Algiers.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[Algiers]] · with him

the captive Hassan Aga

With him I went there from Constantinople, rather glad to be so near Spain

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
The captive was classified among gentlemen awaiting ransom and chained as a mark of that status.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[baño]] · when it was discovered that I was a captain

the captive

They put a chain on me, more as a mark of this than to keep me safe

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
Hassan Aga spared de Saavedra personal violence despite the soldier’s repeated attempts to regain liberty.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[Algiers]] · every day

Hassan Aga de Saavedra

The only one that fared at all well with him was a Spanish soldier, something de Saavedra by name, to whom he never gave a blow himself

Part 1, Ch. 40.1
The captive received a cloth containing ten cianis from a latticed Moorish window.

Part 1, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[baño]] · one day

the captive

I hastened to untie the cloth, in which I perceived a knot, and in this were ten cianis

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The Moorish lady sends money to the captive through a reed at the window.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

the captive Zoraida

I took my welcome money, broke the reed, and returned to the terrace, and looking up at the window, I saw a very white hand put out that opened and shut very quickly.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The Moorish lady sends forty Spanish crowns and an Arabic letter to the captive.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

the captive Zoraida

I untied the knot and I found forty Spanish gold crowns with a paper written in Arabic, and at the end of the writing there was a large cross drawn.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The renegade translates the Arabic letter for the captive and his companions.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

the renegade the captive

He opened it and remained some time examining it and muttering to himself as he translated it.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The Moorish lady asks the captive to arrange their escape and offers to marry him.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

Zoraida the captive

See if thou canst contrive how we may go, and if thou wilt thou shalt be my husband there, and if thou wilt not it will not distress me, for Lela Marien will find me someone to marry me.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The renegade pledges secrecy and promises to risk his life to secure the captives' freedom.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

the renegade the captive

he would risk his life for our freedom; and so saying he took out from his breast a metal crucifix

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The captives reveal the entire matter to the renegade and enlist his help.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

the captive the renegade

The renegade said this with so many tears and such signs of repentance, that with one consent we all agreed to tell him the whole truth of the matter, and so we gave him a full account of all, without hiding anything from him.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2
The renegade writes the captive's reply to the Moorish lady's letter.

Part 1, Ch. 40.2

the captive Zoraida the renegade

We agreed also that it would be advisable to answer the Moorish lady’s letter, and the renegade without a moment’s delay took down the words I dictated to him

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
The renegade discovers that Zoraida is Hadji Morato’s wealthy heiress daughter.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3 · that very night

the renegade Hadji Morato Zoraida

That very night our renegade returned and said he had learned that the Moor we had been told of lived in that house, that his name was Hadji Morato, that he was enormously rich, that he had one only daughter the heiress of all his wealth

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
Zoraida pledges to marry the captive if he reaches Christian territory.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3

Zoraida the captive

And remember thou art to be my husband, else I will pray to Marien to punish thee.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
The renegade rejects individual ransom and proposes buying a vessel to free everyone together.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3

the renegade the captive

what could and ought to be done was to give the money intended for the ransom of one of us Christians to him, so that he might with it buy a vessel there in Algiers

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
The captive gives the renegade five hundred crowns to purchase the escape vessel.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3 · 📍 [[Algiers]]

the captive the renegade

We at once gave the renegade five hundred crowns to buy the vessel

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
Zoraida sends two thousand gold crowns to finance the captives’ escape.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3 · the next day that the baño chanced to be empty

Zoraida the captive

she at different times gave us by means of the reed and cloth two thousand gold crowns and a paper

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
The captive secures his ransom and is released through a Valencian merchant’s guarantee.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3 · 📍 [[Algiers]]

the captive

With eight hundred I ransomed myself, giving the money to a Valencian merchant who happened to be in Algiers at the time, and who had me released on his word

Part 1, Ch. 40.3
Zoraida provides another thousand crowns and warns the captive of her departure for her father’s garden.

Part 1, Ch. 40.3 · The Thursday before the Friday

Zoraida the captive

The Thursday before the Friday on which the fair Zoraida was to go to the garden she gave us a thousand crowns more, and warned us of her departure

Part 1, Ch. 41.1
The renegade purchased a vessel large enough to carry more than thirty persons.

Part 1, Ch. 41.1 · Before fifteen days were over

the renegade

Before fifteen days were over our renegade had already purchased an excellent vessel with room for more than thirty persons;

Part 1, Ch. 41.1
The renegade fixed the departure and instructed the captive to recruit Christian rowers.

Part 1, Ch. 41.1 · the next Friday

the captive the renegade

told me to look out for any I should be willing to take with me, over and above those who had been ransomed, and to engage them for the next Friday, which he fixed upon for our departure.

Part 1, Ch. 41.1
The captive secretly recruited twelve Spaniards to wait at the garden for the escape voyage.

Part 1, Ch. 41.1 · 📍 [[Hadji Morato’s garden]] · the next Friday in the evening

the captive the renegade

On this I spoke to twelve Spaniards, all stout rowers, and such as could most easily leave the city;

Part 1, Ch. 41.2
Zoraida agrees to flee with the Christians to their country.

Part 1, Ch. 41.2 · 📍 [[Hadji Morato’s garden]] · on the next Juma

Zoraida

I made answer, “Yes, lady, but not without thee, come what may: be on the watch for me on the next Juma, and be not alarmed when thou seest us; for most surely we shall go to the land of the Christians.”

Part 1, Ch. 41.2
The Christians seize the vessel and bind its Moorish crew as part of Zoraida’s rescue.

Part 1, Ch. 41.2 · on the Friday following the day upon which I spoke to Zoraida in the garden

Zoraida

This having been accomplished, and half of our party being left to keep guard over them, the rest of us, again taking the renegade as our guide, hastened towards Hadji Morato’s garden

Part 1, Ch. 41.2
Zoraida leaves her father’s house and joins the Christians during their escape.

Part 1, Ch. 41.2 · 📍 [[Hadji Morato’s garden]] · at nightfall

Zoraida Hadji Morato

As soon as she recognised me she did not delay an instant, but without answering a word came down immediately, opened the door and presented herself before us all

Part 1, Ch. 41.3
Hadji Morato is captured, bound, gagged, and carried aboard the vessel.

Part 1, Ch. 41.3

Hadji Morato

those who had gone upstairs acted so promptly that in an instant they came down, carrying Hadji Morato with his hands bound and a napkin tied over his mouth

Part 1, Ch. 41.3
Zoraida requests her father's release, but agrees he must remain captive until Christian ground is reached.

Part 1, Ch. 41.3

Zoraida Hadji Morato

Zoraida, seeing her father there, and the other Moors bound, bade the renegade ask me to do her the favour of releasing the Moors and setting her father at liberty

Part 1, Ch. 41.3
Hadji Morato learns that Zoraida has converted to Christianity and enabled the escape.

Part 1, Ch. 41.3

Zoraida Hadji Morato

I would have thee know that she is a Christian, and that it is she who has been the file for our chains and our deliverer from captivity.

Part 1, Ch. 41.3
Zoraida confirms she is Christian but denies intending to abandon or harm her father.

Part 1, Ch. 41.3

Zoraida Hadji Morato

A Christian I am, but it is not I who have placed thee in this position, for it never was my wish to leave thee or do thee harm

Part 1, Ch. 41.4
The Moor attempts to drown himself but is rescued by the captive's group.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4

Hadji Morato the captive Zoraida

The Moor had hardly heard these words when with marvellous quickness he flung himself headforemost into the sea, where no doubt he would have been drowned had not the long and full dress he wore held him up for a little on the surface of the water. Zoraida cried aloud to us to save him, and we all hastened to help, and seizing him by his robe we drew him in half drowned and insensible

Part 1, Ch. 41.4
Zoraida's father and the other bound Moors are released ashore at her request.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4 · 📍 [[Cava rumia]]

Zoraida Zoraida's father the other Moors

Seeing this we unbound the Moors, and one by one put them on shore, at which they were filled with amazement

Part 1, Ch. 41.4
Zoraida confirms that she converted to Christianity and could not remain with her father.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4

Zoraida

Allah grant that Lela Marien, who has made me become a Christian, give thee comfort in thy sorrow, my father.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4
Zoraida separates from her father despite his pleas and curses.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4

Zoraida Zoraida's father

Come back, dear daughter, come back to shore; I forgive thee all; let those men have the money, for it is theirs now, and come back to comfort thy sorrowing father

Part 1, Ch. 41.4
French corsairs destroy the vessel, take its passengers aboard, and capture them.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4 · the night about three hours spent

the French corsairs the captive Zoraida

They fired two guns, and apparently both loaded with chain-shot, for with one they cut our mast in half and brought down both it and the sail into the sea, and the other, discharged at the same moment, sent a ball into our vessel amidships, staving her in completely

Part 1, Ch. 41.4
The Frenchmen provide a skiff and supplies, allowing the captives to recover their liberty.

Part 1, Ch. 41.4 · 📍 [[the Spanish coast]] · the next day

the Frenchmen the captive Zoraida

So they agreed by common consent to give us the skiff belonging to their ship and all we required for the short voyage that remained to us, and this they did the next day on coming in sight of the Spanish coast, with which, and the joy we felt, all our sufferings and miseries were as completely forgotten as if they had never been endured by us, such is the delight of recovering lost liberty.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
The captain gives Zoraida forty gold crowns and protects her garments from his men.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · mid-day

the captive Zoraida

the captain, moved by I know not what compassion, as the lovely Zoraida was about to embark, gave her some forty gold crowns, and would not permit his men to take from her those same garments which she has on now.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
The escaped captives land safely and reach what they believe is Christian soil.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · a little before midnight

the captive Zoraida the renegade

We ran our boat up on the sand, and all sprang out and kissed the ground, and with tears of joyful satisfaction returned thanks to God our Lord for all his incomparable goodness to us on our voyage.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
The released captives are discovered by mounted Christians and carried toward Velez Malaga.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · 📍 [[Velez Malaga]] · the dawn came

the captive Zoraida the renegade

As soon as the horsemen understood that we were Christian captives, they dismounted from their horses, and each offered his to carry us to the city of Velez Malaga

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
Pedro de Bustamante recognizes and embraces his nephew, whom he had long mourned as dead.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · 📍 [[Velez Malaga]]

the captive Pedro de Bustamante

the horseman threw himself off his horse, and ran to embrace the young man, crying: “Nephew of my soul and life! I recognise thee now; and long have I mourned thee as dead”

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
The Christian family shelters the renegade, Zoraida, and the captive in their home.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · 📍 [[Velez Malaga]]

the captive Zoraida the renegade

the Christian who came with us brought us to the house of his parents, who had a fair share of the gifts of fortune, and treated us with as much kindness as they did their own son.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
The renegade leaves Velez to seek restoration to the Church through the Holy Inquisition.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · 📍 [[Granada]] · at the end of which

the renegade

the renegade, having informed himself of all that was requisite for him to do, set out for the city of Granada to restore himself to the sacred bosom of the Church through the medium of the Holy Inquisition.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5
The other released captives depart separately, leaving the captive and Zoraida behind.

Part 1, Ch. 41.5 · 📍 [[Velez Malaga]] · at the end of which

the other released captives

The other released captives took their departures, each the way that seemed best to him, and Zoraida and I were left alone

Part 1, Ch. 42.1
The captive recognizes Juan Perez de Viedma as his long-lost brother.

Part 1, Ch. 42.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

the captive Juan Perez de Viedma

From this statement, and what he himself had seen, he felt convinced that this was his brother

Part 1, Ch. 42.1
The curate agrees to arrange an indirect way for the captive to reveal himself to his brother.

Part 1, Ch. 42.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

the captive the curate Juan Perez de Viedma

I have told you already,” said the curate, “that I will manage it in a way to satisfy us all.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2
The Judge recognizes Ruy Perez de Viedma as his long-lost eldest brother.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2

the captive Juan Perez de Viedma

That brave captain that you speak of is my eldest brother

Part 1, Ch. 42.2
The curate reveals Ruy Perez de Viedma and Zoraida to the Judge as his brother and sister-in-law.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2

the curate the captive Zoraida Juan Perez de Viedma

He whom you see here is the Captain Viedma, and this is the fair Moor who has been so good to him.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2
The brothers recognize and embrace each other after their long separation.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2

the captive Juan Perez de Viedma

as soon as he had fully recognised him he clasped him in his arms so closely

Part 1, Ch. 42.2
The Judge accepts Zoraida and places all his possessions at her disposal.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2

Juan Perez de Viedma Zoraida

then the judge embraced Zoraida, putting all he possessed at her disposal

Part 1, Ch. 42.2
Doña Clara embraces Zoraida, welcoming her into the family.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2

Doña Clara de Viedma Zoraida

then he made his daughter embrace her

Part 1, Ch. 42.2
They agree to return to Seville and notify the father so he can attend Zoraida's marriage and baptism.

Part 1, Ch. 42.2 · 📍 [[Seville]] · in a month from that time

the captive Zoraida Juan Perez de Viedma

Then they agreed that the captain and Zoraida should return with his brother to Seville, and send news to his father

Part 1, Ch. 43.1
The muleteer falls in love with Clara and signals his wish to marry her from the house opposite hers.

Part 1, Ch. 43.1 · 📍 [[Madrid]]

Doña Clara de Viedma the muleteer

One of the signs he used to make me was to link one hand in the other, to show me he wished to marry me;

Part 1, Ch. 43.1
Clara recognizes the gentleman she loves disguised as a muleteer at an inn.

Part 1, Ch. 43.1 · after we had been two days on the road

Doña Clara de Viedma the muleteer

But after we had been two days on the road, on entering the posada of a village a day’s journey from this, I saw him at the inn door in the dress of a muleteer, and so well disguised, that if I did not carry his image graven on my heart it would have been impossible for me to recognise him.

Part 1, Ch. 43.1
Clara reveals that she loves the disguised muleteer and fears her father discovering their secret love.

Part 1, Ch. 43.1

Doña Clara de Viedma the muleteer

I have never spoken a word to him in my life; and for all that I love him so that I could not live without him.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2
Dorothea promises to arrange a happy ending for Doña Clara’s love affair.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2 · when day comes

Dorothea Doña Clara de Viedma

when I trust in God to arrange this affair of yours so that it may have the happy ending such an innocent beginning deserves.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2
Doña Clara refuses to marry without her father’s knowledge and wishes the youth to leave.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2

Doña Clara de Viedma

And as to marrying without the knowledge of my father, I would not do it for all the world.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2
Maritornes and the landlady’s daughter decide to trick Don Quixote while he guards the inn.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2

Maritornes Don Quixote

resolved, the pair of them, to play some trick upon him, or at any rate to amuse themselves for a while by listening to his nonsense.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2
Don Quixote rejects the supposed lady’s love, declaring himself devoted exclusively to Dulcinea.

Part 1, Ch. 43.2 · at this moment

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

love renders incapable of submission to any other than her whom, the first moment his eyes beheld her, he made absolute mistress of his soul.

Part 1, Ch. 43.3
Maritornes tied Don Quixote’s wrist to the straw-loft door bolt, leaving him unable to free himself.

Part 1, Ch. 43.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · as soon as Maritornes had tied him

Maritornes Don Quixote

That we shall see presently,” said Maritornes, and making a running knot on the halter, she passed it over his wrist and coming down from the hole tied the other end very firmly to the bolt of the door of the straw-loft.

Part 1, Ch. 43.3
Don Quixote slipped from Rocinante and hung suspended by his arm, suffering severe agony.

Part 1, Ch. 43.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · daylight had hardly begun to appear

Don Quixote

But he had hardly moved at all when Don Quixote lost his footing; and slipping off the saddle, he would have come to the ground, but for being suspended by the arm, which caused him such agony that he believed either his wrist would be cut through or his arm torn off;

Part 1, Ch. 44.1
Maritornes unties Don Quixote, freeing him from suspension in the loft.

Part 1, Ch. 44.1

Don Quixote Maritornes

Maritornes, who had been by this time roused up by the same outcry, suspecting what it was, ran to the loft and, without anyone seeing her, untied the halter by which Don Quixote was suspended, and down he came to the ground in the sight of the landlord and the travellers

Part 1, Ch. 44.1
Don Luis is discovered asleep and seized by his father’s servants, who demand his return home.

Part 1, Ch. 44.1 · broad daylight

Don Luis

one of whom found the youth they were seeking lying asleep by the side of a muleteer, without a thought of anyone coming in search of him, much less finding him.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2
Don Luis refuses to return to his father despite the servants’ demand to take him back.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Luis

He replied that he could not do so on any account until he had concluded some business in which his life, honour, and heart were at stake.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2
Doña Clara learns that Don Luis’s father’s servants have found him and becomes so agitated she nearly collapses.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Dorothea Cardenio Doña Clara de Viedma

but in telling her so, he did not speak low enough but that Doña Clara heard what he said, at which she was so much agitated that had not Dorothea hastened to support her she would have fallen to the ground.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2
Don Luis is recognized as the judge’s son who fled his father’s house in disguise.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Luis

He is the son of your neighbour, who has run away from his father’s house in a dress so unbecoming his rank, as your worship may perceive.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2
Two departing guests attack the innkeeper when he demands payment for their lodging.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2 · 📍 [[the inn]]

the innkeeper

the landlord, who minded his own affairs more than other people’s, caught them going out of the gate and demanded his reckoning, abusing them for their dishonesty with such language that he drove them to reply with their fists, and so they began to lay on him in such a style that the poor man was forced to cry out, and call for help.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2
Don Quixote refuses to intervene in the innkeeper’s beating without Princess Micomicona’s permission.

Part 1, Ch. 44.2 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Quixote

at the present moment your request is inopportune, for I am debarred from involving myself in any adventure until I have brought to a happy conclusion one to which my word has pledged me

Part 1, Ch. 44.3
Dorothea grants Don Quixote permission to aid the endangered castellan.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Quixote Dorothea

The princess granted it graciously, and he at once, bracing his buckler on his arm and drawing his sword, hastened to the inn-gate

Part 1, Ch. 44.3
Don Luis proposes marriage to Doña Clara and asks the Judge to accept him as a son.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · this very day

Don Luis Doña Clara de Viedma Juan Perez de Viedma

from that instant I made her the mistress of my will, and if yours, my true lord and father, offers no impediment, this very day she shall become my wife.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3
Don Luis reveals that he left home disguised to follow Doña Clara.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Luis Doña Clara de Viedma

For her I left my father’s house, and for her I assumed this disguise, to follow her whithersoever she may go

Part 1, Ch. 44.3
The Judge postpones his decision and tells Don Luis to delay returning with his servants.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · for the present

Juan Perez de Viedma Don Luis

All the answer, therefore, he gave him was to bid him to make his mind easy for the present, and arrange with his servants not to take him back that day

Part 1, Ch. 44.3
The barber accuses Sancho Panza of stealing his property, and Sancho strikes him.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · at this instant

Sancho Panza the barber

Sancho, finding himself so unexpectedly assailed, and hearing the abuse poured upon him, seized the pack-saddle with one hand, and with the other gave the barber a cuff that bathed his teeth in blood.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3
Don Quixote decides to dub Sancho Panza a knight at the first opportunity.

Part 1, Ch. 44.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · from that time forth

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

from that time forth he reckoned him a man of mettle, and in his heart resolved to dub him a knight on the first opportunity that presented itself

Part 1, Ch. 44.4
The barber claims the pack-saddle and reports that his brass basin was stolen.

Part 1, Ch. 44.4

the barber

Gentlemen, this pack-saddle is mine as surely as I owe God a death, and I know it as well as if I had given birth to it, and here is my ass in the stable who will not let me lie; only try it, and if it does not fit him like a glove, call me a rascal; and what is more, the same day I was robbed of this, they robbed me likewise of a new brass basin, never yet handselled, that would fetch a crown any day.

Part 1, Ch. 44.4
Don Quixote permits Sancho to take the defeated horse's caparison and adorn his own steed.

Part 1, Ch. 44.4

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

With the pack-saddle I do not concern myself; but I may tell you on that head that my squire Sancho asked my permission to strip off the caparison of this vanquished poltroon’s steed, and with it adorn his own; I allowed him, and he took it;

Part 1, Ch. 44.4
Don Quixote claims the barber’s basin as Mambrino’s helmet, won in lawful combat.

Part 1, Ch. 44.4

Don Quixote

Your worships may perceive clearly and plainly the error under which this worthy squire lies when he calls a basin which was, is, and shall be the helmet of Mambrino which I won from him in fair war, and made myself master of by legitimate and lawful possession.

Part 1, Ch. 45.1
Don Fernando declares the barber’s pack-saddle a horse’s caparison after collecting the company’s votes.

Part 1, Ch. 45.1

Don Fernando the barber Don Quixote the curate

The fact is, my good fellow, that I am tired collecting such a number of opinions, for I find that there is not one of whom I ask what I desire to know, who does not tell me that it is absurd to say that this is the pack-saddle of an ass, and not the caparison of a horse, nay, of a thoroughbred horse; so you must submit, for, in spite of you and your ass, this is a caparison and no pack-saddle, and you have stated and proved your case very badly.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2
Don Quixote assaults an officer, triggering a violent brawl throughout the inn.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2

Don Quixote

he delivered such a blow at his head that, had not the officer dodged it, it would have stretched him at full length.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2
Don Luis’s servants agree that he will accompany Don Fernando to Andalusia while one servant remains with him.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2

Don Luis Don Fernando Cardenio

It was agreed at length that Don Fernando should tell the servants of Don Luis who he was, and that it was his desire that Don Luis should accompany him to Andalusia

Part 1, Ch. 45.2
The pack-saddle dispute ends with the pack-saddle accepted as a caparison and the basin as a helmet.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the barber

the pack-saddle remained a caparison till the day of judgment, and the basin a helmet and the inn a castle in Don Quixote’s imagination.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2
The combatants are pacified and made friends through the Judge and curate’s persuasion.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2

Don Quixote Don Fernando Cardenio

All having been now pacified and made friends by the persuasion of the Judge and the curate

Part 1, Ch. 45.2
A warrant is discovered ordering Don Quixote’s arrest for freeing the galley slaves.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2

Don Quixote

he had one against Don Quixote, whom the Holy Brotherhood had ordered to be arrested for setting the galley slaves free

Part 1, Ch. 45.2
Don Fernando separates Don Quixote from the officer during the attempted arrest.

Part 1, Ch. 45.2

Don Quixote Don Fernando

Don Fernando parted the officer and Don Quixote, and to their mutual contentment made them relax the grip

Part 1, Ch. 46.1
The officers abandon their attempt to arrest Don Quixote after recognizing his madness.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1

Don Quixote the curate

In short, the curate used such arguments, and Don Quixote did such mad things, that the officers would have been more mad than he was if they had not perceived his want of wits, and so they thought it best to allow themselves to be pacified

Part 1, Ch. 46.1
The curate and officers settle the barber’s and Sancho Panza’s dispute by changing the pack-saddles.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1

the barber Sancho Panza the curate

In the end they, as officers of justice, settled the question by arbitration in such a manner that both sides were, if not perfectly contented, at least to some extent satisfied; for they changed the pack-saddles, but not the girths or head-stalls

Part 1, Ch. 46.1
The curate pays for the barber’s basin, and the barber gives a permanent receipt ending his claim.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1

the curate the barber

the curate, under the rose and without Don Quixote’s knowing it, paid eight reals for the basin, and the barber executed a full receipt and engagement to make no further demand then or thenceforth for evermore, amen.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1
Don Luis’s servants agree that three will return while one accompanies him at Don Fernando’s direction.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1

Don Luis Don Fernando Doña Clara de Viedma

the servants agreed to do as Don Luis wished; which gave Doña Clara such happiness that no one could have looked into her face just then without seeing the joy of her heart.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1
Don Fernando pays the innkeeper’s account and the damage caused by Don Quixote.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

the innkeeper Don Fernando

The curate settled all amicably, and Don Fernando paid

Part 1, Ch. 46.1
Don Quixote proposes immediate departure to defeat Dorothea’s enemy, and Dorothea accepts his decision.

Part 1, Ch. 46.1 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Quixote Dorothea

as to my departure, let it be forthwith, for I have no will but yours; dispose of me entirely in accordance with your good pleasure

Part 1, Ch. 46.2
Dorothea is revealed to be Don Fernando’s wife.

Part 1, Ch. 46.2

Dorothea Don Fernando

Dorothea turned red at Sancho’s words, for the truth was that her husband Don Fernando had now and then, when the others were not looking, gathered from her lips some of the reward his love had earned, and Sancho seeing this had considered that such freedom was more like a courtesan than a queen of a great kingdom;

Part 1, Ch. 46.2
Sancho challenges Dorothea’s claim to be queen of Micomicon.

Part 1, Ch. 46.2

Sancho Panza Dorothea

It is nothing of the sort, as I am a sinner before God,” said Sancho, “but that I take it to be sure and certain that this lady, who calls herself queen of the great kingdom of Micomicon, is no more so than my mother;

Part 1, Ch. 46.2
Don Quixote pardons Sancho and restores him to favor.

Part 1, Ch. 46.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote said he was ready to pardon him, and the curate went for Sancho, who came in very humbly, and falling on his knees begged for the hand of his master, who having presented it to him and allowed him to kiss it, gave him his blessing and said, “Now, Sancho my son, thou wilt be convinced of the truth of what I have many a time told thee, that everything in this castle is done by means of enchantment.”

Part 1, Ch. 46.3
The curate and barber’s plan captures Don Quixote, binds him, and confines him in a wooden cage.

Part 1, Ch. 46.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · two days

Don Quixote the curate the barber

This done, in profound silence they entered the room where he was asleep, taking his rest after the past frays, and advancing to where he was sleeping tranquilly, not dreaming of anything of the kind happening, they seized him firmly and bound him fast hand and foot, so that, when he awoke startled, he was unable to move, and could only marvel and wonder at the strange figures he saw before him; upon which he at once gave way to the idea which his crazed fancy invariably conjured up before him, and took it into his head that all these shapes were phantoms of the enchanted castle, and that he himself was unquestionably enchanted as he could neither move nor help himself; precisely what the curate, the concoctor of the scheme, expected would happen. Of all that were there Sancho was the only one who was at once in his senses and in his own proper character, and he, though he was within very little of sharing his master’s infirmity, did not fail to perceive who all these disguised figures were; but he did not dare to open his lips until he saw what came of this assault and capture of his master; nor did the latter utter a word, waiting to the upshot of his mishap; which was that bringing in the cage, they shut him up in it and nailed the bars so firmly that they could not be easily burst open.

Part 1, Ch. 46.3
Don Quixote is carried from the inn in the cage and placed on an ox-cart for removal.

Part 1, Ch. 46.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · two days

Don Quixote the curate the barber

Sancho bowed his head very respectfully and kissed both his hands, for, being tied together, he could not kiss one; and then the apparitions lifted the cage upon their shoulders and fixed it upon the ox-cart.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1
Don Quixote is carried away captive in a cage on an ox-cart, escorted toward the curate’s village.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Don Fernando Cardenio the innkeeper the curate

Don Quixote saw himself caged and hoisted on the cart in this way

Part 1, Ch. 47.1
The curate hires officers to escort Don Quixote and Sancho to the curate’s village.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the curate

In the meantime the curate had made an arrangement with the officers that they should bear them company as far as his village, he paying them so much a day.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1
The innkeeper prepares Rocinante and Sancho’s ass, and Cardenio equips Rocinante before the departure.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the innkeeper Cardenio

they directed him to saddle Rocinante and put the pack-saddle on Sancho’s ass, which he did with great alacrity.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1
Don Fernando asks the curate to exchange news about Don Quixote and other affairs, and the curate promises to comply.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1

Don Fernando the curate

Don Fernando directed the curate where to write to him, to tell him what became of Don Quixote

Part 1, Ch. 47.1
Don Fernando announces he will report on his marriage, while also promising news of Luscinda’s return home.

Part 1, Ch. 47.1

Don Fernando Dorothea Luscinda

he too, on his part, would send him word of everything he thought he would like to know, about his marriage, Zoraida’s baptism, Don Luis’s affair, and Luscinda’s return to her home.

Part 1, Ch. 47.2
The innkeeper gives the curate papers recovered from a valise after their owner fails to return.

Part 1, Ch. 47.2

the innkeeper the curate

The landlord approached the curate and handed him some papers, saying he had discovered them in the lining of the valise

Part 1, Ch. 47.2
The curate and barber disguise themselves and follow Don Quixote’s cart to preserve their stratagem.

Part 1, Ch. 47.2

the curate the barber

He then mounted and his friend the barber did the same, both masked, so as not to be recognised by Don Quixote, and set out following in the rear of the cart.

Part 1, Ch. 47.2
Don Quixote is transported captive in a cage with his hands tied while the curate and barber escort him.

Part 1, Ch. 47.2

Don Quixote the curate the barber

Don Quixote was seated in the cage, with his hands tied and his feet stretched out, leaning against the bars

Part 1, Ch. 47.3
Don Quixote is caged and made a prisoner.

Part 1, Ch. 47.3

Don Quixote the curate the barber

I can tell you I know you, for all your face is covered, and I can tell you I am up to you, however you may hide your tricks.

Part 1, Ch. 47.4
The curate reveals Don Quixote’s history, confinement, and their plan to take him home and cure his madness.

Part 1, Ch. 47.4

the curate the canon of Toledo Don Quixote

The canon agreed, and going on ahead with his servants, listened with attention to the account of the character, life, madness, and ways of Don Quixote, given him by the curate, who described to him briefly the beginning and origin of his craze, and told him the whole story of his adventures up to his being confined in the cage, together with the plan they had of taking him home to try if by any means they could discover a cure for his madness.

Part 1, Ch. 47.4
The curate reveals that he burned all Don Quixote’s books of chivalry after scrutinizing them.

Part 1, Ch. 47.4

the curate Don Quixote

The curate listened to him attentively and felt that he was a man of sound understanding, and that there was good reason in what he said; so he told him that, being of the same opinion himself, and bearing a grudge to books of chivalry, he had burned all Don Quixote’s, which were many; and gave him an account of the scrutiny he had made of them, and of those he had condemned to the flames and those he had spared, with which the canon was not a little amused

Part 1, Ch. 48.1
The canon abandoned his book of chivalry after writing more than a hundred sheets.

Part 1, Ch. 48.1

the canon of Toledo

nevertheless I proceeded no farther with it

Part 1, Ch. 48.3
Sancho reveals that the curate and barber devised Don Quixote’s imprisonment, denying that he is enchanted.

Part 1, Ch. 48.3

Sancho Panza Don Quixote the curate the barber

Señor, to ease my conscience I want to tell you the state of the case as to your enchantment, and that is that these two here, with their faces covered, are the curate of our village and the barber; and I suspect they have hit upon this plan of carrying you off in this fashion

Part 1, Ch. 49.1
Don Quixote agrees to follow Sancho Panza’s plan to escape the cage and resume their adventures.

Part 1, Ch. 49.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“I am content to do as thou sayest, brother Sancho,” said Don Quixote, “and when thou seest an opportunity for effecting my release I will obey thee absolutely; but thou wilt see, Sancho, how mistaken thou art in thy conception of my misfortune.”

Part 1, Ch. 49.1
The canon of Toledo unbinds Don Quixote from the cage after receiving his promise not to leave without consent.

Part 1, Ch. 49.1

the canon of Toledo Don Quixote

The canon took his hand, tied together as they both were, and on his word and promise they unbound him, and rejoiced beyond measure he was to find himself out of the cage.

Part 1, Ch. 50.1
Don Quixote declares that becoming a knight-errant has made him valiant, courteous, generous, and patient.

Part 1, Ch. 50.1 · since I have been a knight-errant

Don Quixote

For myself I can say that since I have been a knight-errant I have become valiant, polite, generous, well-bred, magnanimous, courteous, dauntless, gentle, patient, and have learned to bear hardships, imprisonments, and enchantments;

Part 1, Ch. 50.1
Don Quixote recalls being confined in a cage as though he were mad.

Part 1, Ch. 50.1 · such a short time since

Don Quixote

and though it be such a short time since I have seen myself shut up in a cage like a madman,

Part 1, Ch. 50.1
Don Quixote reiterates his promise to grant Sancho Panza a county.

Part 1, Ch. 50.1 · this ever so long

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

and I would gladly give him a county I have promised him this ever so long,

Part 1, Ch. 50.2
Don Quixote declares that he can make Sancho a count.

Part 1, Ch. 50.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I can make a count of Sancho Panza, for he is one of the best squires that ever knight-errant had.

Part 1, Ch. 50.2
The goatherd catches the runaway goat and takes hold of it by the horns.

Part 1, Ch. 50.2

the goatherd

The fugitive goat, scared and frightened, ran towards the company as if seeking their protection and then stood still, and the goatherd coming up seized it by the horns and began to talk to it as if it were possessed of reason and understanding:

Part 1, Ch. 50.2
The canon gives the goatherd food and drink, calming his irritation.

Part 1, Ch. 50.2

the canon of Toledo the goatherd

Take this morsel and drink a sup, and that will soothe your irritation, and in the meantime the goat will rest herself,” and so saying, he handed him the loins of a cold rabbit on a fork. The goatherd took it with thanks, and drank and calmed himself

Part 1, Ch. 50.2
The goatherd begins telling the company the true story he promised.

Part 1, Ch. 50.2

the goatherd

The goatherd gave the goat which he held by the horns a couple of slaps on the back, saying, “Lie down here beside me, Spotty, for we have time enough to return to our fold.”

Part 1, Ch. 51.1
Leandra's father entrusts her choice between Anselmo and Eugenio to her.

Part 1, Ch. 51.1

Leandra Anselmo the goatherd Leandra's father

he resolved to refer the matter to Leandra

Part 1, Ch. 51.1
Leandra's father postpones choosing between the two suitors because of her youth.

Part 1, Ch. 51.1

Leandra Anselmo the goatherd Leandra's father

I only know her father put us both off with the tender age of his daughter and vague words that neither bound him nor dismissed us.

Part 1, Ch. 51.1
Vicente de la Roca returns to his town after twelve years of military service.

Part 1, Ch. 51.1 · About this time

Vicente de la Roca

About this time there arrived in our town one Vicente de la Roca, the son of a poor peasant of the same town, the said Vicente having returned from service as a soldier in Italy and divers other parts.

Part 1, Ch. 51.2
Leandra left her father's house and disappeared from the village with Vicente de la Roca.

Part 1, Ch. 51.2 · before any of her numerous suitors had any suspicion of her design

Leandra Vicente de la Roca

Leandra and Vicente came to an understanding without any difficulty; and before any of her numerous suitors had any suspicion of her design, she had already carried it into effect, having left the house of her dearly beloved father (for mother she had none), and disappeared from the village with the soldier

Part 1, Ch. 51.2
Leandra was found in a mountain cave, stripped and robbed of her money and jewels.

Part 1, Ch. 51.2 · at the end of three days

Leandra

They scoured the roads, they searched the woods and all quarters, and at the end of three days they found the flighty Leandra in a mountain cave, stript to her shift, and robbed of all the money and precious jewels she had carried away from home with her.

Part 1, Ch. 51.2
Leandra confessed that Vicente had deceived her under promise of marrying her.

Part 1, Ch. 51.2

Leandra Vicente de la Roca

she confessed without pressure that Vicente de la Roca had deceived her, and under promise of marrying her had induced her to leave her father’s house

Part 1, Ch. 51.2
Leandra was taken away and shut up in a convent.

Part 1, Ch. 51.2 · The same day that Leandra made her appearance

Leandra

The same day that Leandra made her appearance her father removed her from our sight and took her away to shut her up in a convent in a town near this

Part 1, Ch. 51.3
Anselmo and the goatherd leave the village and adopt shepherd life in the valley.

Part 1, Ch. 51.3

Anselmo the goatherd

At last Anselmo and I agreed to leave the village and come to this valley; and, he feeding a great flock of sheep of his own, and I a large herd of goats of mine, we pass our life among the trees,

Part 1, Ch. 52.1
Don Quixote strikes the goatherd with a loaf, provoking a violent fight.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1

Don Quixote the goatherd

I am fuller than ever was the whoreson bitch that bore you;” and passing from words to deeds, he caught up a loaf that was near him and sent it full in the goatherd’s face, with such force that he flattened his nose;

Part 1, Ch. 52.1
The goatherd attacks Don Quixote, but Sancho intervenes and throws him onto the table.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1 · that instant

the goatherd Don Quixote Sancho Panza

but the goatherd, who did not understand jokes, and found himself roughly handled in such good earnest, paying no respect to carpet, tablecloth, or diners, sprang upon Don Quixote, and seizing him by the throat with both hands would no doubt have throttled him, had not Sancho Panza that instant come to the rescue, and grasping him by the shoulders flung him down on the table, smashing plates, breaking glasses, and upsetting and scattering everything on it.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1
The barber pins Don Quixote down and beats him until his face streams with blood.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1

the barber Don Quixote

but the barber so contrived it that he got Don Quixote under him, and rained down upon him such a shower of fisticuffs that the poor knight’s face streamed with blood as freely as his own.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1
The exhausted combatants agree to a truce when Don Quixote hears a trumpet calling to adventure.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1 · At last

Don Quixote the goatherd

The goatherd, who was by this time tired of pummelling and being pummelled, released him at once

Part 1, Ch. 52.1
Don Quixote sees several men in white penitents’ clothing approaching down the hillside.

Part 1, Ch. 52.1 · suddenly

Don Quixote

Don Quixote rising to his feet and turning his eyes to the quarter where the sound had been heard, suddenly saw coming down the slope of a hill several men clad in white like penitents.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2
Don Quixote attacks a penitential procession, believing its image is a captive lady.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2

Don Quixote

Don Quixote when he saw the strange garb of the penitents, without reflecting how often he had seen it before, took it into his head that this was a case of adventure, and that it fell to him alone as a knight-errant to engage in it;

Part 1, Ch. 52.2
A procession bearer strikes Don Quixote down with a stick.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2

Don Quixote

but with the portion that remained in his hand he dealt such a thwack on the shoulder of Don Quixote’s sword arm (which the buckler could not protect against the clownish assault) that poor Don Quixote came to the ground in a sad plight.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2
Sancho believes Don Quixote dead, but Don Quixote regains consciousness after Sancho's lamentation.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

At the cries and moans of Sancho, Don Quixote came to himself, and the first word he said was, “He who lives separated from you, sweetest Dulcinea, has greater miseries to endure than these.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2
Don Quixote accepts returning to the village instead of immediately making another sally.

Part 1, Ch. 52.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“Thou art right, Sancho,” returned Don Quixote; “It will be wise to let the malign influence of the stars which now prevails pass off.”

Part 1, Ch. 52.3
Don Quixote returns to his village in an ox-cart.

Part 1, Ch. 52.3 · 📍 [[Don Quixote’s village]] · at the end of six days

Don Quixote

at the end of six days they reached Don Quixote’s village, and entered it about the middle of the day

Part 1, Ch. 52.3
The housekeeper and niece put Don Quixote to bed and begin guarding him from another escape.

Part 1, Ch. 52.3

Don Quixote the housekeeper the niece

Don Quixote’s housekeeper and niece took him in and undressed him and laid him in his old bed. He eyed them askance, and could not make out where he was. The curate charged his niece to be very careful to make her uncle comfortable and to keep a watch over him lest he should make his escape from them again

Part 1, Ch. 52.3
Tradition records Don Quixote’s third departure from home to attend famous jousts in Saragossa.

Part 1, Ch. 52.3 · 📍 [[Saragossa]] · the third time he sallied forth from his home

Don Quixote

tradition has merely preserved in the memory of La Mancha the fact that Don Quixote, the third time he sallied forth from his home, betook himself to Saragossa, where he was present at some famous jousts which came off in that city

Part 1, Ch. 52.3
An old physician’s leaden box yields manuscripts recounting Don Quixote’s deeds and burial.

Part 1, Ch. 52.3

Don Quixote

if good fortune had not produced an old physician for him who had in his possession a leaden box, which, according to his account, had been discovered among the crumbling foundations of an ancient hermitage that was being rebuilt; in which box were found certain parchment manuscripts in Gothic character, but in Castilian verse, containing many of his achievements, and setting forth the beauty of Dulcinea, the form of Rocinante, the fidelity of Sancho Panza, and the burial of Don Quixote himself

Part 2, Ch. 1.1
The curate and barber instruct the niece and housekeeper to care carefully for Don Quixote's health.

Part 2, Ch. 1.1 · nearly a month

the curate the barber the niece the housekeeper Don Quixote

They did not, however, omit to visit his niece and housekeeper, and charge them to be careful to treat him with attention, and give him comforting things to eat, and such as were good for the heart and the brain, whence, it was plain to see, all his misfortune proceeded.

Part 2, Ch. 1.1
After discussing government, the curate and barber become convinced that Don Quixote has recovered his sanity.

Part 2, Ch. 1.1

the curate the barber Don Quixote

and on all the subjects they dealt with, Don Quixote spoke with such good sense that the pair of examiners were fully convinced that he was quite recovered and in his full senses.

Part 2, Ch. 1.1
Don Quixote declares that he will become a knight-errant again.

Part 2, Ch. 1.1 · once more

Don Quixote

A knight-errant I shall die, and let the Turk come down or go up when he likes, and in as strong force as he can, once more I say, God knows what I mean.

Part 2, Ch. 2.1
Don Quixote admits Sancho Panza after the niece and housekeeper initially block his entry.

Part 2, Ch. 2.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the niece the housekeeper

Don Quixote, uneasy lest Sancho should blab and blurt out a whole heap of mischievous stupidities, and touch upon points that might not be altogether to his credit, called to him and made the other two hold their tongues and let him come in. Sancho entered

Part 2, Ch. 2.1
The curate and barber leave Don Quixote, despairing of his recovery.

Part 2, Ch. 2.1

the curate the barber Don Quixote

the curate and the barber took their leave of Don Quixote, of whose recovery they despaired when they saw how wedded he was to his crazy ideas

Part 2, Ch. 2.2
Samson Carrasco returns home after studying at Salamanca and being made a bachelor.

Part 2, Ch. 2.2 · last night

Samson Carrasco

last night the son of Bartholomew Carrasco, who has been studying at Salamanca, came home after having been made a bachelor

Part 2, Ch. 2.2
Don Quixote and Sancho learn that their history has been published and attributed to Cide Hamete Benengeli.

Part 2, Ch. 2.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Samson Carrasco Cide Hamete Benengeli

your worship’s history is already abroad in books, with the title of THE INGENIOUS GENTLEMAN DON QUIXOTE OF LA MANCHA; and he says they mention me in it by my own name of Sancho Panza, and the lady Dulcinea del Toboso too

Part 2, Ch. 3.1
Samson Carrasco confirms that Cide Hamete Benengeli’s history of Don Quixote and Sancho Panza is widely printed.

Part 2, Ch. 3.1 · this very day

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote Sancho Panza Cide Hamete Benengeli

“So true is it, señor,” said Samson, “that my belief is there are more than twelve thousand volumes of the said history in print this very day.

Part 2, Ch. 3.2
The bachelor accepts Don Quixote’s invitation and remains for dinner.

Part 2, Ch. 3.2

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

The bachelor accepted the invitation and remained, a couple of young pigeons were added to the ordinary fare

Part 2, Ch. 4.1
Ginés de Pasamonte steals Dapple while Sancho sleeps.

Part 2, Ch. 4.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · the same night

Sancho Panza Ginés de Pasamonte

I in particular slept so sound, that, whoever he was, he was able to come and prop me up on four stakes, which he put under the four corners of the pack-saddle in such a way that he left me mounted on it, and took away Dapple from under me without my feeling it.

Part 2, Ch. 4.1
Sancho finds Dapple again with Ginés de Pasamonte mounted on him.

Part 2, Ch. 4.1 · Some days after

Sancho Panza Ginés de Pasamonte

Some days after, I know not how many, travelling with her ladyship the Princess Micomicona, I saw my ass, and mounted upon him, in the dress of a gipsy, was that Gines de Pasamonte, the great rogue and rascal that my master and I freed from the chain.

Part 2, Ch. 4.1
Sancho spends the hundred crowns for himself, his wife, and his children.

Part 2, Ch. 4.1

Sancho Panza

I spent them for my own good, and my wife’s, and my children’s, and it is they that have made my wife bear so patiently all my wanderings on highways and byways, in the service of my master, Don Quixote;

Part 2, Ch. 4.2
Don Quixote resolves to make another sally.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2 · in three or four days from that time

Don Quixote

Sancho had hardly uttered these words when the neighing of Rocinante fell upon their ears, which neighing Don Quixote accepted as a happy omen, and he resolved to make another sally in three or four days from that time.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2
Samson advises Don Quixote to begin his expedition in Saragossa, during the festival joustings.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2 · 📍 [[Saragossa]] · in three or four days from that time

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

He then begged the bachelor, if he were a poet, to do him the favour of composing some verses for him conveying the farewell he meant to take of his lady Dulcinea del Toboso, and to see that a letter of her name was placed at the beginning of each line, so that, at the end of the verses, “Dulcinea del Toboso” might be read by putting together the first letters.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza arrange their departure for the expedition.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2 · in three days from that time

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco Sancho Panza

They agreed upon this, and that the departure should take place in three days from that time.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2
Don Quixote entrusts Samson with keeping the planned departure secret from his household and advisers.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco the curate the barber the niece the housekeeper

Don Quixote charged the bachelor to keep it a secret, especially from the curate and Master Nicholas, and from his niece and the housekeeper, lest they should prevent the execution of his praiseworthy and valiant purpose.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2
Samson promises to keep the departure secret and report Don Quixote’s future fortunes.

Part 2, Ch. 4.2

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

Carrasco promised all, and then took his leave, charging Don Quixote to inform him of his good or evil fortunes whenever he had an opportunity; and thus they bade each other farewell

Part 2, Ch. 5.1
Sancho decides to return to Don Quixote’s service and accompany him on another quest.

Part 2, Ch. 5.1

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

I am glad because I have made up my mind to go back to the service of my master Don Quixote, who means to go out a third time to seek for adventures; and I am going with him again

Part 2, Ch. 5.2
Sancho Panza proposes obtaining a government and making Sanchica a countess.

Part 2, Ch. 5.2

Sancho Panza Sanchica

Don’t you see, you animal,” continued Sancho, “that it will be well for me to drop into some profitable government that will lift us out of the mire, and marry Mari-Sancha to whom I like; and you yourself will find yourself called ‘Doña Teresa Panza,’ and sitting in church on a fine carpet and cushions and draperies, in spite and in defiance of all the born ladies of the town? No, stay as you are, growing neither greater nor less, like a tapestry figure—Let us say no more about it, for Sanchica shall be a countess, say what you will.”

Part 2, Ch. 5.2
Teresa Panza refuses consent to Sanchica becoming a countess.

Part 2, Ch. 5.2

Teresa Panza Sanchica

You do as you like, make a duchess or a princess of her, but I can tell you it will not be with my will and consent.

Part 2, Ch. 5.2
Sancho Panza plans to summon and educate his son, while Teresa agrees to dress him.

Part 2, Ch. 5.2 · As soon as I have the government

Sancho Panza Sancho Panza Teresa Panza

As soon as I have the government,” said Sancho, “I will send for him by post, and I will send thee money, of which I shall have no lack, for there is never any want of people to lend it to governors when they have not got it; and do thou dress him so as to hide what he is and make him look what he is to be.”

Part 2, Ch. 5.2
Sancho Panza ends the conversation and returns to Don Quixote to arrange their departure.

Part 2, Ch. 5.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Here their conversation came to an end, and Sancho went back to see Don Quixote, and make arrangements for their departure.

Part 2, Ch. 6.1
The niece and housekeeper realize Don Quixote plans to leave home for a third adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 6.1

the niece the housekeeper Don Quixote

by a thousand signs they began to perceive that their uncle and master meant to give them the slip the third time

Part 2, Ch. 6.1
Don Quixote rejects court service and reaffirms his commitment to knight-errantry.

Part 2, Ch. 6.1

Don Quixote the housekeeper

There must be all sorts in the world; and though we may be all knights, there is a great difference between one and another

Part 2, Ch. 6.2
The housekeeper hides herself from Sancho Panza because she abhors him.

Part 2, Ch. 6.2

the housekeeper Sancho Panza

The instant the housekeeper knew who it was, she ran to hide herself so as not to see him; in such abhorrence did she hold him.

Part 2, Ch. 6.2
The niece admits Sancho Panza, and Don Quixote welcomes him into his room.

Part 2, Ch. 6.2

the niece Sancho Panza Don Quixote

The niece let him in, and his master Don Quixote came forward to receive him with open arms, and the pair shut themselves up in his room

Part 2, Ch. 7.1
Samson Carrasco begins arranging with the curate a plan to prevent Don Quixote’s third sally.

Part 2, Ch. 7.1

the housekeeper Samson Carrasco the curate

and with this the housekeeper retired, and the bachelor went to look for the curate, and arrange with him what will be told in its proper place.

Part 2, Ch. 7.1
Teresa Panza agrees to let Sancho accompany Don Quixote on his next adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 7.1

Sancho Panza Teresa Panza

Señor, I have educed my wife to let me go with your worship wherever you choose to take me.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2
Sancho Panza renews his offer to serve Don Quixote faithfully and loyally.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

and so there’s nothing more to do but for your worship to make your will with its codicil in such a way that it can’t be provoked, and let us set out at once, to save Señor Samson’s soul from suffering, as he says his conscience obliges him to persuade your worship to sally out upon the world a third time; so I offer again to serve your worship faithfully and loyally, as well and better than all the squires that served knights-errant in times past or present.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza reconcile and become friends.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

In fine, Don Quixote and Sancho embraced one another and made friends, and by the advice and with the approval of the great Carrasco, who was now their oracle, it was arranged that their departure should take place three days thence,

Part 2, Ch. 7.2
Don Quixote refuses Samson Carrasco's offer to become his squire.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

Let this new Samson remain in his own country, and, bringing honour to it, bring honour at the same time on the grey heads of his venerable parents; for I will be content with any squire that comes to hand, as Sancho does not deign to accompany me.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza depart secretly for El Toboso on their third adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 7.2 · 📍 [[El Toboso]] · at nightfall

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Finally, then, during those three days, Don Quixote and Sancho provided themselves with what they considered necessary, and Sancho having pacified his wife, and Don Quixote his niece and housekeeper, at nightfall, unseen by anyone except the bachelor, who thought fit to accompany them half a league out of the village, they set out for El Toboso, Don Quixote on his good Rocinante and Sancho on his old Dapple, his alforjas furnished with certain matters in the way of victuals, and his purse with money that Don Quixote gave him to meet emergencies.

Part 2, Ch. 8.2
It is revealed that neither Don Quixote nor Sancho Panza has ever seen Dulcinea del Toboso.

Part 2, Ch. 8.2 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

he did not know Dulcinea’s house, nor in all his life had he ever seen her, any more than his master

Part 2, Ch. 9
Sancho reveals that neither he nor Don Quixote has actually seen Dulcinea or personally received her reply.

Part 2, Ch. 9 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

I must tell you that my seeing her and the answer I brought you back were by hearsay too, for I can no more tell who the lady Dulcinea is than I can hit the sky.

Part 2, Ch. 9
Don Quixote hides in a forest while Sancho returns to El Toboso to seek Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 9 · 📍 [[El Toboso]] · at once

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Sancho was in a fever to get his master out of the town, lest he should discover the falsehood of the reply he had brought to him in the Sierra Morena on behalf of Dulcinea; so he hastened their departure, which they took at once, and two miles out of the village they found a forest or thicket wherein Don Quixote ensconced himself, while Sancho returned to the city to speak to Dulcinea, in which embassy things befell him which demand fresh attention and a new chapter.

Part 2, Ch. 10.1
Sancho accepts Don Quixote’s commission to petition Dulcinea for a meeting and blessing.

Part 2, Ch. 10.1 · 📍 [[El Toboso]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

Sancho undertook to execute the task according to the instructions, and to bring back an answer as good as the one he brought back before.

Part 2, Ch. 10.2
Sancho falsely presents a peasant girl to Don Quixote as the enchanted Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 10.2 · the afternoon

Sancho Panza Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

Your worship has only to spur Rocinante and get out into the open field to see the lady Dulcinea del Toboso, who, with two others, damsels of hers, is coming to see your worship.

Part 2, Ch. 10.2
Don Quixote promises Sancho the foals from his three mares as a reward for the supposed good news.

Part 2, Ch. 10.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I promise thee the foals I shall have this year from my three mares that thou knowest are in foal on our village common.

Part 2, Ch. 10.3
Sancho deceives Don Quixote into believing a village girl is the enchanted Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 10.3

Sancho Panza Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

Sancho, the rogue, had enough to do to hide his laughter, at hearing the simplicity of the master he had so nicely befooled.

Part 2, Ch. 10.3
Dulcinea is thrown from her she-ass but remounts it unaided with a running leap.

Part 2, Ch. 10.3

Dulcinea del Toboso

The she-ass, however, feeling the point more acutely than usual, began cutting such capers, that it flung the lady Dulcinea to the ground;

Part 2, Ch. 11.1
Don Quixote plans to test whether the enchantment prevents conquered knights from recognizing Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 11.1

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

We will try by experiment with one or two of the first I vanquish and send to her, whether they see her or not, by commanding them to return and give me an account of what happened to them in this respect.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2
Rocinante bolts in fright, throwing Don Quixote to the ground.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2

Don Quixote Rocinante

Rocinante that, in spite of Don Quixote’s efforts to hold him in, taking the bit between his teeth he set off across the plain with greater speed than the bones of his anatomy ever gave any promise of.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2
A costumed performer seizes Dapple and drives him toward the festival village.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2

Dapple

But the moment Sancho quitted his beast to go and help Don Quixote, the dancing devil with the bladders jumped up on Dapple, and beating him with them, more by the fright and the noise than by the pain of the blows, made him fly across the fields towards the village where they were going to hold their festival.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2
Dapple escapes the performer and returns to Sancho.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2

Dapple Sancho Panza

the devil made off on foot to the town, and the ass came back to his master.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2
Don Quixote abandons his intended attack after Sancho warns him against attacking unknighted actors.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“Now indeed thou hast hit the point, Sancho,” said Don Quixote, “which may and should turn me from the resolution I had already formed.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2
Don Quixote and Sancho leave the actors and resume their journey.

Part 2, Ch. 11.2 · at once

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

He at once wheeled about, Sancho ran to take possession of his Dapple, Death and his flying squadron returned to their cart and pursued their journey, and thus the dread adventure of the cart of Death ended happily, thanks to the advice Sancho gave his master;

Part 2, Ch. 12.2
Samson Carrasco, disguised as the Knight of the Grove, declares his suffering love for Casildea de Vandalia.

Part 2, Ch. 12.2

Samson Carrasco Casildea de Vandalia

O fairest and most ungrateful woman on earth! What! can it be, most serene Casildea de Vandalia, that thou wilt suffer this thy captive knight to waste away and perish in ceaseless wanderings and rude and arduous toils?

Part 2, Ch. 12.2
Don Quixote confirms that Sancho Panza is his squire.

Part 2, Ch. 12.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“Is this your squire?” asked he of the Grove. “He is,” said Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 13.1
Don Quixote repeatedly promises Sancho the government of an island.

Part 2, Ch. 13.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I,” said Sancho, “have already told my master that I shall be content with the government of some island, and he is so noble and generous that he has promised it to me ever so many times.

Part 2, Ch. 13.1
Sancho finds a purse containing a hundred ducats, helping lure him back into squire service.

Part 2, Ch. 13.1 · 📍 [[Sierra Morena]] · one day

Sancho Panza

to deliver me from this perilous calling of squire into which I have fallen a second time, decayed and beguiled by a purse with a hundred ducats that I found one day in the heart of the Sierra Morena

Part 2, Ch. 13.2
Sancho commits to remain in Don Quixote’s service until they reach Saragossa.

Part 2, Ch. 13.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Until my master reaches Saragossa,” said Sancho, “I’ll remain in his service; after that we’ll see.

Part 2, Ch. 14.1
Casildea de Vandalia commands Samson Carrasco, disguised as the Knight of the Grove, to undertake repeated perils.

Part 2, Ch. 14.1

Samson Carrasco Casildea de Vandalia

This same Casildea, then, that I speak of, requited my honourable passion and gentle aspirations by compelling me, as his stepmother did Hercules, to engage in many perils of various sorts

Part 2, Ch. 14.1
Samson Carrasco claims to have defeated Don Quixote and transferred his fame, glory, and honour to himself.

Part 2, Ch. 14.1

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

but what I most plume and pride myself upon is having vanquished in single combat that so famous knight Don Quixote of La Mancha

Part 2, Ch. 14.1
Don Quixote reveals that enchanters transformed Dulcinea del Toboso into a foul village lass.

Part 2, Ch. 14.1 · ten hours since

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

I must tell you, too, that it is but ten hours since these said enchanters his enemies transformed the shape and person of the fair Dulcinea del Toboso into a foul and mean village lass

Part 2, Ch. 14.1
Don Quixote and Samson Carrasco agree to single combat, with the loser subject to the victor’s becoming commands.

Part 2, Ch. 14.1 · at sunrise

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

the conditions of our combat shall be that the vanquished shall be at the victor’s disposal, to do all that he may enjoin, provided the injunction be such as shall be becoming a knight.”

Part 2, Ch. 14.1
Sancho Panza is told that he must fight the opposing squire during the masters’ combat.

Part 2, Ch. 14.1 · while our masters are fighting

Sancho Panza

I say so to remind you that while our masters are fighting, we, too, have to fight, and knock one another to shivers.”

Part 2, Ch. 14.2
Sancho Panza refuses to fight Samson Carrasco's squire in a bag-blow contest.

Part 2, Ch. 14.2

Sancho Panza Samson Carrasco

“By no means,” said Sancho; “I am not going to be so discourteous or so ungrateful as to have any quarrel, be it ever so small, with one I have eaten and drunk with;

Part 2, Ch. 14.2
Don Quixote and Samson Carrasco mount their horses and prepare to charge one another.

Part 2, Ch. 14.2

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

With this, cutting short the colloquy, they mounted, and Don Quixote wheeled Rocinante round in order to take a proper distance to charge back upon his adversary, and he of the Mirrors did the same;

Part 2, Ch. 14.2
Don Quixote and Samson Carrasco establish that the vanquished will be at the victor’s disposal.

Part 2, Ch. 14.2

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

“Remember, sir knight, that the terms of our combat are, that the vanquished, as I said before, shall be at the victor’s disposal.”

Part 2, Ch. 14.3
Don Quixote defeats the Knight of the Mirrors in combat, knocking him from his horse.

Part 2, Ch. 14.3

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

Don Quixote, however, paid no attention to these difficulties, and in perfect safety to himself and without any risk encountered him of the Mirrors with such force that he brought him to the ground in spite of himself over the haunches of his horse, and with so heavy a fall that he lay to all appearance dead, not stirring hand or foot.

Part 2, Ch. 14.3
The defeated Knight of the Mirrors is revealed to have Samson Carrasco’s face.

Part 2, Ch. 14.3

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

He saw, the history says, the very countenance, the very face, the very look, the very physiognomy, the very effigy, the very image of the bachelor Samson Carrasco!

Part 2, Ch. 14.3
The disguised squire reveals himself as Tom Cecial, Sancho Panza’s neighbor and friend.

Part 2, Ch. 14.3

Tom Cecial Sancho Panza

“Why, to be sure I am!” returned the now unnosed squire; “Tom Cecial I am, gossip and friend Sancho Panza; and I’ll tell you presently the means and tricks and falsehoods by which I have been brought here;

Part 2, Ch. 14.3
Samson Carrasco concedes Dulcinea’s superiority and promises to visit her and report back to Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 14.3

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso Casildea de Vandalia

“I confess,” said the fallen knight, “that the dirty tattered shoe of the lady Dulcinea del Toboso is better than the ill-combed though clean beard of Casildea; and I promise to go and to return from her presence to yours, and to give you a full and particular account of all you demand of me.”

Part 2, Ch. 15
Samson Carrasco, the curate, and the barber devise a scheme to defeat Don Quixote and confine him at home.

Part 2, Ch. 15

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco the curate the barber

at which consultation it was decided by the unanimous vote of all, and on the special advice of Carrasco, that Don Quixote should be allowed to go

Part 2, Ch. 15
Don Quixote defeats Samson Carrasco in disguise, leaving him injured.

Part 2, Ch. 15

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

Don Quixote went off satisfied, elated, and vain-glorious in the highest degree at having won a victory over such a valiant knight as he fancied him of the Mirrors to be

Part 2, Ch. 15
Samson Carrasco undertakes the knightly mission, and Tom Cecial volunteers to serve as his squire.

Part 2, Ch. 15

Samson Carrasco Tom Cecial

Carrasco undertook the task, and Tom Cecial, a gossip and neighbour of Sancho Panza’s, a lively, feather-headed fellow, offered himself as his squire.

Part 2, Ch. 15
Samson Carrasco and Tom Cecial disguise themselves and pursue Don Quixote as knight and squire.

Part 2, Ch. 15

Samson Carrasco Tom Cecial

Carrasco armed himself in the fashion described, and Tom Cecial, that he might not be known by his gossip when they met, fitted on over his own natural nose the false masquerade one that has been mentioned; and so they followed the same route Don Quixote took

Part 2, Ch. 15
Tom Cecial abandons the squirehood and returns home after the failed expedition.

Part 2, Ch. 15

Tom Cecial Samson Carrasco

Tom Cecial left him and went home, while he stayed behind meditating vengeance

Part 2, Ch. 15
A bone-setter cures Samson Carrasco, who remains behind seeking vengeance against Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 15

Samson Carrasco

Thus discoursing, the pair proceeded until they reached a town where it was their good luck to find a bone-setter, with whose help the unfortunate Samson was cured. Tom Cecial left him and went home, while he stayed behind meditating vengeance

Part 2, Ch. 16.1
Sancho identifies the defeated Knight of the Mirrors as Samson Carrasco and his squire as Tom Cecial.

Part 2, Ch. 16.1

Sancho Panza Samson Carrasco Tom Cecial Don Quixote

all I know is that the tokens he gave me about my own house, wife and children, nobody else but himself could have given me; and the face, once the nose was off, was the very face of Tom Cecial

Part 2, Ch. 16.2
Don Quixote reveals that he is a knight-errant known as the Knight of the Rueful Countenance.

Part 2, Ch. 16.2 · 📍 [[La Mancha]]

Don Quixote Don Diego de Miranda

In short, to sum up all in a few words, or in a single one, I may tell you I am Don Quixote of La Mancha, otherwise called ‘The Knight of the Rueful Countenance;’

Part 2, Ch. 16.2
Don Quixote abandons his home and mortgages his estate to pursue knight-errantry.

Part 2, Ch. 16.2

Don Quixote

I have left my home, I have mortgaged my estate, I have given up my comforts, and committed myself to the arms of Fortune, to bear me whithersoever she may please.

Part 2, Ch. 16.2
Don Diego de Miranda reveals his name, social standing, and way of life.

Part 2, Ch. 16.2

Don Diego de Miranda Don Quixote

I, Sir Knight of the Rueful Countenance, am a gentleman by birth, native of the village where, please God, we are going to dine to-day; I am more than fairly well off, and my name is Don Diego de Miranda.

Part 2, Ch. 16.3
The gentleman began abandoning his belief that Don Quixote was crazy.

Part 2, Ch. 16.3 · in the middle of the discourse

Don Quixote Don Diego de Miranda

He of the green gaban was filled with astonishment at Don Quixote’s argument, so much so that he began to abandon the notion he had taken up about his being crazy.

Part 2, Ch. 17.1
Sancho hides the curds he bought inside Don Quixote’s helmet.

Part 2, Ch. 17.1

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

he thought it best to throw them into his master’s helmet

Part 2, Ch. 17.1
Don Quixote discovers the curds in his helmet and accuses Sancho of placing them there.

Part 2, Ch. 17.1 · By this time

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

By the life of my lady Dulcinea del Toboso, but it is curds thou hast put here, thou treacherous, impudent, ill-mannered squire!

Part 2, Ch. 17.1
Don Quixote challenges the lions and orders their keeper to open the cages.

Part 2, Ch. 17.1

Don Quixote

Get down, my good fellow, and as you are the keeper open the cages, and turn me out those beasts

Part 2, Ch. 17.2
Don Quixote dismounts and prepares to fight the lion on foot.

Part 2, Ch. 17.2

Don Quixote

Don Quixote was considering whether it would not be well to do battle on foot, instead of on horseback, and finally resolved to fight on foot

Part 2, Ch. 17.2
After the lion refuses combat, Don Quixote declares the challenge successfully completed and claims victory.

Part 2, Ch. 17.2

Don Quixote

I am not bound to do more; enchantments avaunt, and God uphold the right, the truth, and true chivalry!

Part 2, Ch. 17.3
Don Quixote’s lion challenge ends with the lion refusing to leave its cage.

Part 2, Ch. 17.3

Don Quixote

The keeper, then, in full detail, and bit by bit, described the end of the contest, exalting to the best of his power and ability the valour of Don Quixote, at the sight of whom the lion quailed, and would not and dared not come out of the cage, although he had held the door open ever so long;

Part 2, Ch. 17.3
Don Quixote changes his name from Knight of the Rueful Countenance to Knight of the Lions.

Part 2, Ch. 17.3 · from this time forward

Don Quixote

Then,” said Don Quixote, “if his Majesty should happen to ask who performed it, you must say THE KNIGHT OF THE LIONS; for it is my desire that into this the name I have hitherto borne of Knight of the Rueful Countenance be from this time forward changed, altered, transformed, and turned;

Part 2, Ch. 17.3
Don Quixote and Sancho arrive at Don Diego’s village house as invited guests.

Part 2, Ch. 17.3 · at about two in the afternoon

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Don Diego de Miranda

I take the invitation as a great favour and honour, Señor Don Diego,” replied Don Quixote; and pressing forward at a better pace than before, at about two in the afternoon they reached the village and house of Don Diego, or, as Don Quixote called him, “The Knight of the Green Gaban.”

Part 2, Ch. 18.1
Don Quixote arrives at Don Diego’s house and is welcomed as a distinguished guest.

Part 2, Ch. 18.1 · 📍 [[Don Diego de Miranda’s house]]

Don Quixote Don Diego de Miranda Doña Christina Don Lorenzo

on the arrival of so distinguished a guest, Doña Christina was anxious to show that she knew how and was able to give a becoming reception to those who came to her house.

Part 2, Ch. 18.1
Don Diego publicly presents Don Quixote as a knight-errant and extraordinarily wise and brave.

Part 2, Ch. 18.1 · 📍 [[Don Diego de Miranda’s house]]

Don Diego de Miranda Don Quixote Doña Christina

Señora, pray receive with your wonted kindness Señor Don Quixote of La Mancha, whom you see before you, a knight-errant, and the bravest and wisest in the world.

Part 2, Ch. 18.2
Don Diego sumptuously entertains Don Quixote for four days.

Part 2, Ch. 18.2 · 📍 [[Don Diego’s house]] · For four days

Don Diego de Miranda Don Quixote

For four days was Don Quixote most sumptuously entertained in Don Diego’s house

Part 2, Ch. 18.2
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza depart after taking leave of Don Diego’s household.

Part 2, Ch. 18.2 · 📍 [[Don Diego’s house]] · The day of his departure

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

The day of his departure came at length, as welcome to Don Quixote as it was sad and sorrowful to Sancho Panza

Part 2, Ch. 19.1
Quiteria’s father arranges her marriage to Camacho.

Part 2, Ch. 19.1

Quiteria Camacho

he arranged a match for his daughter with the rich Camacho

Part 2, Ch. 19.1
Basilio learns that Quiteria will marry Camacho and becomes crushed by despair.

Part 2, Ch. 19.1 · to-morrow

Basilio Quiteria Camacho

from the moment Basilio learned that the fair Quiteria was to be married to Camacho the rich, he has never been seen to smile, or heard to utter rational word

Part 2, Ch. 19.2
Corchuelo accepts his defeat, embraces the licentiate, and they become better friends than ever.

Part 2, Ch. 19.2

Corchuelo the licentiate

“I am satisfied with having tumbled off my donkey,” said Corchuelo, “and with having had the truth I was so ignorant of proved to me by experience;” and getting up he embraced the licentiate, and they were better friends than ever;

Part 2, Ch. 20.1
Basilio is rejected as Quiteria prepares to marry another.

Part 2, Ch. 20.1

Basilio Quiteria

come, let us go and witness this bridal, and see what the rejected Basilio does.

Part 2, Ch. 20.1
Camacho and Quiteria’s marriage is scheduled to take place.

Part 2, Ch. 20.1 · the cool of the morning

Camacho Quiteria

no doubt the marriage will take place in the cool of the morning, and not in the heat of the afternoon.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1
Basilio impales himself on a concealed rapier and falls mortally wounded.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1

Basilio

he swiftly, coolly, and deliberately threw himself upon it, and in an instant the bloody point and half the steel blade appeared at his back, the unhappy man falling to the earth bathed in his blood, and transfixed by his own weapon.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1
Basilio proposes marriage to Quiteria as the condition for making his confession.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1

Basilio Quiteria

If thou wouldst consent, cruel Quiteria, to give me thy hand as my bride in this last fatal moment, I might still hope that my rashness would find pardon, as by its means I attained the bliss of being thine.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1
Basilio refuses confession unless Quiteria first marries him.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1

Basilio Quiteria

Basilio replied that he was determined not to confess unless Quiteria first gave him her hand in marriage, for that happiness would compose his mind and give him courage to make his confession.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1
Camacho consents to Quiteria marrying Basilio if she is willing, postponing his own wedding fulfillment.

Part 2, Ch. 21.1

Camacho Quiteria Basilio

he was satisfied, as it was only putting off the fulfillment of his wishes for a moment.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2
Basilio and Quiteria marry by freely exchanging vows and declaring themselves husband and wife.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2

Basilio Quiteria

“No force would bend my will; as freely, therefore, as it is possible for me to do so, I give thee the hand of a lawful wife, and take thine if thou givest it to me of thine own free will, untroubled and unaffected by the calamity thy hasty act has brought upon thee.”

Part 2, Ch. 21.2
Basilio’s apparent fatal wound is revealed as a deception, exposing the trick behind the marriage scene.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2

Basilio Quiteria

The priest, perplexed and amazed, made haste to examine the wound with both hands, and found that the blade had passed, not through Basilio’s flesh and ribs, but through a hollow iron tube full of blood

Part 2, Ch. 21.2
Quiteria confirms the marriage despite its fraudulent appearance, making clear that she and Basilio planned the deception together.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2

Basilio Quiteria

The bride showed no signs of displeasure at the deception; on the contrary, hearing them say that the marriage, being fraudulent, would not be valid, she said that she confirmed it afresh

Part 2, Ch. 21.2
Camacho’s supporters attack Basilio, but Don Quixote takes the lead and protects him from the assault.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2

Camacho Basilio Don Quixote

Camacho and his supporters were so mortified that they proceeded to revenge themselves by violence, and a great number of them drawing their swords attacked Basilio, in whose protection as many more swords were in an instant unsheathed, while Don Quixote taking the lead on horseback, with his lance over his arm and well covered with his shield, made all give way before him.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2
The curate’s counsel pacifies Camacho and his partisans, who sheath their swords and abandon the conflict.

Part 2, Ch. 21.2

Camacho the curate

the counsels of the priest, who was a wise and kindly disposed man, prevailed with him, and by their means he and his partisans were pacified and tranquillised, and to prove it put up their swords again

Part 2, Ch. 22.1
Basilio and Quiteria are identified as newly married after Basilio's successful sham-wound scheme.

Part 2, Ch. 22.1

Basilio Quiteria

Many and great were the attentions shown to Don Quixote by the newly married couple, who felt themselves under an obligation to him for coming forward in defence of their cause;

Part 2, Ch. 22.1
Basilio reveals that he devised the sham wound to secure his marriage to Quiteria.

Part 2, Ch. 22.1

Basilio Quiteria

from whom they learned that the sham wound was not a scheme arranged with the fair Quiteria, but a device of Basilio’s, who counted on exactly the result they had seen;

Part 2, Ch. 22.2
Don Quixote is lowered into the cave by Sancho Panza and the cousin.

Part 2, Ch. 22.2 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]] · next day at two in the afternoon

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the cousin

the cousin and Sancho giving him rope, he lowered himself into the depths of the dread cavern

Part 2, Ch. 22.2
Sancho Panza and the cousin haul Don Quixote out of the cave.

Part 2, Ch. 22.2 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the cousin

at last, at ten fathoms more, they saw Don Quixote distinctly, and Sancho called out to him

Part 2, Ch. 22.2
Don Quixote awakens after being pulled from the cave unconscious.

Part 2, Ch. 22.2 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the cousin

after some time he came to himself, stretching himself just as if he were waking up from a deep and sound sleep

Part 2, Ch. 23.1
Montesinos reveals that he and Durandarte are enchanted in the cave.

Part 2, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Montesinos Durandarte

This is my friend Durandarte, flower and mirror of the true lovers and valiant knights of his time. He is held enchanted here, as I myself and many others are, by that French enchanter Merlin

Part 2, Ch. 23.1
Durandarte dies in Montesinos's arms.

Part 2, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]] · after his death

Durandarte Montesinos

I know it to be as sure as that it is now day, that Durandarte ended his life in my arms

Part 2, Ch. 23.1
Montesinos removes Durandarte's heart with his own hands.

Part 2, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]] · after his death

Montesinos Durandarte

after his death, I took out his heart with my own hands

Part 2, Ch. 23.1
Montesinos carries Durandarte's heart to Belerma at Durandarte's request.

Part 2, Ch. 23.1 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Montesinos Durandarte Belerma

he had taken out the heart of his great friend Durandarte from his breast with a little dagger, and carried it to the lady Belerma

Part 2, Ch. 23.2
Montesinos removes Durandarte’s heart and carries it toward France.

Part 2, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[cave of MONTESINOS]]

Montesinos Durandarte

I took out your heart as well as I could, not leaving an atom of it in your breast, I wiped it with a lace handkerchief, and I took the road to France with it

Part 2, Ch. 23.2
Merlin enchants Montesinos, Durandarte, Belerma, and Guadiana for more than five hundred years.

Part 2, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[cave of MONTESINOS]]

Montesinos Durandarte Belerma Guadiana

the sage Merlin has been keeping enchanted here these many years; and although more than five hundred have gone by, not one of us has died;

Part 2, Ch. 23.2
Merlin transforms the grieving Guadiana into a river after he leaves Durandarte.

Part 2, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[cave of MONTESINOS]]

Guadiana Durandarte

Guadiana your squire, likewise bewailing your fate, was changed into a river of his own name

Part 2, Ch. 23.2
Montesinos identifies Don Quixote as the prophesied knight who may disenchant them.

Part 2, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[cave of MONTESINOS]]

Montesinos Durandarte Don Quixote

Know that you have here before you (open your eyes and you will see) that great knight of whom the sage Merlin has prophesied such great things; that Don Quixote of La Mancha I mean, who has again, and to better purpose than in past times, revived in these days knight-errantry, long since forgotten, and by whose intervention and aid it may be we shall be disenchanted; for great deeds are reserved for great men.

Part 2, Ch. 23.2
Don Quixote claims three days elapsed underground, contradicting Sancho’s report of barely an hour.

Part 2, Ch. 23.2 · 📍 [[cave of MONTESINOS]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

because night overtook me while I was there, and day came, and it was night again and day again three times; so that, by my reckoning, I have been three days in those remote regions beyond our ken.

Part 2, Ch. 23.3
Montesinos showed Don Quixote Dulcinea among enchanted ladies.

Part 2, Ch. 23.3 · 📍 [[the profound cave of Montesinos]] · the instant I beheld them

Montesinos Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

he showed me three country girls who went skipping and capering like goats over the pleasant fields there, and the instant I beheld them I knew one to be the peerless Dulcinea del Toboso

Part 2, Ch. 23.3
Sancho realized Don Quixote was mad about Dulcinea’s pretended enchantment.

Part 2, Ch. 23.3 · at last

Sancho Panza Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

as he knew the real truth about the pretended enchantment of Dulcinea, in which he himself had been the enchanter and concocter of all the evidence, he made up his mind at last that, beyond all doubt, his master was out of his wits and stark mad

Part 2, Ch. 23.4
Don Quixote learns that enchanted Dulcinea is in financial distress and begs him for six reals.

Part 2, Ch. 23.4 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

‘My lady Dulcinea del Toboso kisses your worship’s hands, and entreats you to do her the favour of letting her know how you are; and, being in great need, she also entreats your worship as earnestly as she can to be so good as to lend her half a dozen reals’

Part 2, Ch. 23.4
Don Quixote gives Dulcinea’s messenger his remaining four reals.

Part 2, Ch. 23.4 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

‘All that and more, you owe my lady,’ the damsel’s answer to me, and taking the four reals, instead of making me a curtsey she cut a caper, springing two full yards into the air.”

Part 2, Ch. 23.4
Don Quixote vows to roam the earth until he has disenchanted Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 23.4 · 📍 [[cave of Montesinos]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

‘and I will make the same to take no rest, and to roam the seven regions of the earth more thoroughly than the Infante Don Pedro of Portugal ever roamed them, until I have disenchanted her.’

Part 2, Ch. 24.1
Don Quixote reportedly retracted the cave adventure, admitting he had invented it.

Part 2, Ch. 24.1 · at the time of his death

Don Quixote

though certain it is they say that at the time of his death he retracted, and said he had invented it, thinking it matched and tallied with the adventures he had read of in his histories.

Part 2, Ch. 24.2
Don Quixote decides to spend the night at the inn instead of stopping at the hermitage.

Part 2, Ch. 24.2 · 📍 [[the inn]] · at once

Don Quixote

he decided to set out at once, and go and pass the night at the inn instead of stopping at the hermitage

Part 2, Ch. 24.3
Don Quixote recognizes the inn as an inn rather than mistaking it for a castle.

Part 2, Ch. 24.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · just as night was falling

Don Quixote

Sancho perceived his master took it for a real inn, and not for a castle as usual.

Part 2, Ch. 25.1
Don Quixote helps sift barley and clean the manger before hearing the promised wonders.

Part 2, Ch. 25.1

Don Quixote

“I’ll help you in everything,” and so he did, sifting the barley for him and cleaning out the manger

Part 2, Ch. 25.2
The owner’s ass goes missing after a servant girl’s tricks.

Part 2, Ch. 25.2 · a fortnight might have gone by

the owner of the ass

a fortnight might have gone by, so the story goes, since the ass had been missing

Part 2, Ch. 25.2
The two regidors search for the missing ass by braying to one another.

Part 2, Ch. 25.2 · 📍 [[the forest]]

the owner of the ass the second regidor

the two regidors set off on foot, arm in arm, for the forest

Part 2, Ch. 25.2
The regidors discover that wolves have devoured the missing ass.

Part 2, Ch. 25.2 · 📍 [[the forest]]

the owner of the ass the lost ass

they found him devoured by wolves

Part 2, Ch. 25.2
Mockery spreads between villages, provoking repeated armed clashes.

Part 2, Ch. 25.2

the people of the other towns the men of the braying town

several times the scoffed have come out in arms and in a body to do battle with the scoffers

Part 2, Ch. 25.3
Ginés de Pasamonte reveals that Teresa Panza is well and hackling flax with wine beside her.

Part 2, Ch. 25.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · at this moment

Sancho Panza Teresa Panza

Be of good cheer, for thy good wife Teresa is well, and she is at this moment hackling a pound of flax; and more by token she has at her left hand a jug with a broken spout that holds a good drop of wine, with which she solaces herself at her work.

Part 2, Ch. 25.3
Ginés de Pasamonte sets up his puppet show and offers free entertainment to everyone at the inn.

Part 2, Ch. 25.3 · 📍 [[the inn]] · now

Ginés de Pasamonte

And now, because I have promised it, and to afford him pleasure, I will set up my show and offer entertainment to all who are in the inn, without any charge whatever.

Part 2, Ch. 25.4
Master Pedro’s ape declares that Don Quixote’s experiences in the cave were partly false and partly true.

Part 2, Ch. 25.4 · 📍 [[the cave of Montesinos]]

Ginés de Pasamonte Don Quixote

The ape says that the things you saw or that happened to you in that cave are, part of them false, part true;

Part 2, Ch. 26.1
Don Quixote objects to the bells, and Master Pedro stops ringing them.

Part 2, Ch. 26.1 · On hearing this

Don Quixote Ginés de Pasamonte

On hearing this, Master Pedro stopped ringing, and said, “Don’t look into trifles, Señor Don Quixote, or want to have things up to a pitch of perfection that is out of reach.

Part 2, Ch. 26.2
Don Quixote destroys Ginés de Pasamonte’s puppet show and badly damages its figures.

Part 2, Ch. 26.2

Don Quixote Ginés de Pasamonte

in less than the space of two credos, he brought the whole show to the ground, with all its fittings and figures shivered and knocked to pieces

Part 2, Ch. 26.2
Don Quixote agrees to compensate Ginés de Pasamonte, and Sancho Panza pays for the destruction.

Part 2, Ch. 26.2

Don Quixote Ginés de Pasamonte Sancho Panza

And so he went on, putting values on ever so many more smashed figures, which, after the two arbitrators had adjusted them to the satisfaction of both parties, came to forty reals and three-quarters; and over and above this sum, which Sancho at once disbursed, Master Pedro asked for two reals for his trouble in catching the ape.

Part 2, Ch. 26.2
Ginés de Pasamonte gathers his ruined show, catches his ape, and leaves the inn.

Part 2, Ch. 26.2 · before the sun

Ginés de Pasamonte

Master Pedro did not care to engage in any more palaver with Don Quixote, whom he knew right well; so he rose before the sun, and having got together the remains of his show and caught his ape, he too went off to seek his adventures.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1
Master Pedro is revealed to be Ginés de Pasamonte, the former galley slave.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1

Ginés de Pasamonte

This Gines de Pasamonte—Don Ginesillo de Parapilla, Don Quixote called him—it was that stole Dapple from Sancho Panza;

Part 2, Ch. 27.1
Ginés steals Dapple while Sancho sleeps, but Sancho later recovers him.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1

Ginés de Pasamonte Sancho Panza

In fact, however, Gines stole him while Sancho Panza was asleep on his back, adopting the plan and device that Brunello had recourse to when he stole Sacripante’s horse from between his legs at the siege of Albracca; and, as has been told, Sancho afterwards recovered him.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1
Ginés relocates to Aragon, disguises himself, and becomes a puppet-showman.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1 · 📍 [[the kingdom of Aragon]]

Ginés de Pasamonte

This Gines, then, afraid of being caught by the officers of justice, who were looking for him to punish him for his numberless rascalities and offences (which were so many and so great that he himself wrote a big book giving an account of them), resolved to shift his quarters into the kingdom of Aragon, and cover up his left eye, and take up the trade of a puppet-showman;

Part 2, Ch. 27.1
Ginés buys and trains an ape to appear capable of divination.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1

Ginés de Pasamonte

From some released Christians returning from Barbary, it so happened, he bought the ape, which he taught to mount upon his shoulder on his making a certain sign, and to whisper, or seem to do so, in his ear.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1
Don Quixote and Sancho discover that a mocked town has mobilized to fight another town.

Part 2, Ch. 27.1 · on the third day

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

They perceived, in short, clearly that the town which had been twitted had turned out to do battle with some other that had jeered it more than was fair or neighbourly.

Part 2, Ch. 27.2
Sancho Panza is struck unconscious after braying at the troop.

Part 2, Ch. 27.2

Sancho Panza

One of those, however, that stood near him, fancying he was mocking them, lifted up a long staff he had in his hand and smote him such a blow with it that Sancho dropped helpless to the ground.

Part 2, Ch. 27.2
Don Quixote attacks Sancho Panza’s assailant but flees under a barrage of weapons.

Part 2, Ch. 27.2

Don Quixote

Don Quixote, seeing him so roughly handled, attacked the man who had struck him lance in hand, but so many thrust themselves between them that he could not avenge him.

Part 2, Ch. 27.2
Sancho Panza is restored, placed on Dapple, and released to follow Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 27.2

Sancho Panza

They put up Sancho, scarcely restored to his senses, on his ass, and let him go after his master;

Part 2, Ch. 28.1
Don Quixote retreats from the townsfolk, leaving Sancho exposed to danger.

Part 2, Ch. 28.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote, who, giving way before the fury of the townsfolk and the hostile intentions of the angry troop, took to flight and, without a thought of Sancho or the danger in which he was leaving him, retreated to such a distance as he thought made him safe.

Part 2, Ch. 28.1
Sancho is beaten and left sore, bruised, and belaboured by the hostile troop.

Part 2, Ch. 28.1

Sancho Panza

Sancho, lying across his ass, followed him, as has been said, and at length came up, having by this time recovered his senses, and on joining him let himself drop off Dapple at Rocinante’s feet, sore, bruised, and belaboured.

Part 2, Ch. 28.2
Don Quixote orders Sancho to abandon his service after Sancho demands wages.

Part 2, Ch. 28.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Turn the rein, or the halter, of thy Dapple, and begone home; for one single step further thou shalt not make in my company.

Part 2, Ch. 28.2
Sancho repents, and Don Quixote forgives him and permits him to continue serving.

Part 2, Ch. 28.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I forgive thee, provided thou dost mend and not show thyself in future so fond of thine own interest, but try to be of good cheer and take heart, and encourage thyself to look forward to the fulfillment of my promises, which, by being delayed, does not become impossible.

Part 2, Ch. 29.1
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza embark in the bark, which drifts away from the bank.

Part 2, Ch. 29.1 · 📍 [[river Ebro]] · two days after quitting the grove

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“What?” said Don Quixote, “cross ourselves and weigh anchor; I mean, embark and cut the moorings by which the bark is held;” and the bark began to drift away slowly from the bank.

Part 2, Ch. 29.2
The millers stop the boat, overturning Don Quixote and Sancho, then rescue them from drowning.

Part 2, Ch. 29.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

which it did by the activity and quickness of the millers, who, pushing against the boat with their poles, stopped it, not, however, without upsetting and throwing Don Quixote and Sancho into the water; and lucky it was for Don Quixote that he could swim like a goose, though the weight of his armour carried him twice to the bottom; and had it not been for the millers, who plunged in and hoisted them both out, it would have been Troy town with the pair of them.

Part 2, Ch. 29.2
Don Quixote pays fifty reals for the boat destroyed during the failed adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 29.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

So saying he settled with the fishermen, and paid fifty reals for the boat, which Sancho handed to them very much against the grain, saying, “With a couple more bark businesses like this we shall have sunk our whole capital.”

Part 2, Ch. 29.2
Don Quixote abandons the attempted rescue, admitting he can do no more.

Part 2, Ch. 29.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I can do no more.”

Part 2, Ch. 30.1
The duchess welcomes Don Quixote to her estate and offers him and Sancho the services of herself and the duke.

Part 2, Ch. 30.1 · the next day towards sunset

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the duchess the duke

rise, my friend, and bid your master welcome to the services of myself and the duke my husband, in a country house we have here.

Part 2, Ch. 30.1
The duchess recognizes Don Quixote and Sancho from their printed history and knows Dulcinea as Don Quixote’s beloved.

Part 2, Ch. 30.1 · the next day towards sunset

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso the duchess

this master of yours, is he not one of whom there is a history extant in print, called ‘The Ingenious Gentleman, Don Quixote of La Mancha,’ who has for the lady of his heart a certain Dulcinea del Toboso?”

Part 2, Ch. 30.2
The duke and duchess resolve to treat Don Quixote as a knight-errant during his stay.

Part 2, Ch. 30.2

the duke the duchess Don Quixote

meaning to fall in with his humour and agree with everything he said, and, so long as he stayed with them, to treat him as a knight-errant, with all the ceremonies usual in the books of chivalry they had read

Part 2, Ch. 30.2
The duke and duchess invite Don Quixote and Sancho Panza to their castle for an honored reception.

Part 2, Ch. 30.2

the duke the duchess Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I say, let Sir Knight of the Lions come to a castle of mine close by, where he shall be given that reception which is due to so exalted a personage, and which the duchess and I are wont to give to all knights-errant who come there.

Part 2, Ch. 31.1
The duke and duchess arrange a staged reception to make Don Quixote believe he is truly a knight-errant.

Part 2, Ch. 31.1

the duke the duchess Don Quixote

six damsels relieved him of his armour and waited on him like pages, all of them prepared and instructed by the duke and duchess as to what they were to do, and how they were to treat Don Quixote, so that he might see and believe they were treating him like a knight-errant.

Part 2, Ch. 31.1
Don Quixote fully believes himself to be a real knight-errant after receiving the castle’s elaborate welcome.

Part 2, Ch. 31.1

Don Quixote

this was the first time that he thoroughly felt and believed himself to be a knight-errant in reality and not merely in fancy

Part 2, Ch. 31.1
The duke promises that Dapple will be fed and that Sancho will be treated honorably.

Part 2, Ch. 31.1

the duke Sancho Panza

Dapple shall be fed to his heart’s content, and Sancho may rest easy, for he shall be treated like himself.

Part 2, Ch. 31.2
The duke and duchess receive Don Quixote and host him at their dinner table.

Part 2, Ch. 31.2

the duke the duchess Don Quixote

The duchess and the duke came out to the door of the room to receive him

Part 2, Ch. 31.2
The duchess declares that Sancho will remain with her and expresses affection for him.

Part 2, Ch. 31.2

the duchess Sancho Panza

By the life of the duke, Sancho shall not be taken away from me for a moment,” said the duchess; “I am very fond of him

Part 2, Ch. 31.2
The ecclesiastic recognizes Don Quixote and condemns his knight-errant adventures.

Part 2, Ch. 31.2

the ecclesiastic Don Quixote

becoming convinced that his suspicion was correct, addressing the duke, he said very angrily to him, “Señor, your excellence will have to give account to God for what this good man does.

Part 2, Ch. 32.1
The duke appoints Sancho governor of an island in Don Quixote’s name.

Part 2, Ch. 32.1

the duke Sancho Panza Don Quixote

No, Sancho my friend, certainly not,” said the duke, “for in the name of Señor Don Quixote I confer upon you the government of one of no small importance that I have at my disposal.”

Part 2, Ch. 32.2
The duke and duchess’s attendants prank-wash Don Quixote’s beard and face with soap.

Part 2, Ch. 32.2 · as the cloth was removed

Don Quixote the duke the duchess

At length the damsel with the jug returned and they made an end of washing Don Quixote

Part 2, Ch. 32.2
The duke has himself washed to conceal the joke played on Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 32.2 · At length

Don Quixote the duke

Come and wash me, and take care that there is water enough.

Part 2, Ch. 32.2
The duchess orders her seneschal to arrange the beard-washing Sancho requested.

Part 2, Ch. 32.2

Sancho Panza the duchess

Attend to worthy Sancho’s request, seneschal,” said the duchess, “and do exactly what he wishes.

Part 2, Ch. 32.3
Don Quixote reveals that Dulcinea was enchanted and transformed from a princess into a peasant.

Part 2, Ch. 32.3 · 📍 [[El Toboso]] · a few days back

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

For your highnesses must know that, going a few days back to kiss her hands and receive her benediction, approbation, and permission for this third sally, I found her altogether a different being from the one I sought; I found her enchanted and changed from a princess into a peasant, from fair to foul, from an angel into a devil, from fragrant to pestiferous, from refined to clownish, from a dignified lady into a jumping tomboy, and, in a word, from Dulcinea del Toboso into a coarse Sayago wench.

Part 2, Ch. 32.3
The duchess promises to believe Dulcinea exists and persuade her household that she is living, beautiful, and nobly born.

Part 2, Ch. 32.3 · 📍 [[El Toboso]] · henceforth

the duchess Dulcinea del Toboso Don Quixote

henceforth I will believe myself, and I will take care that everyone in my house believes, even my lord the duke if needs be, that there is a Dulcinea in El Toboso, and that she is living to-day, and that she is beautiful and nobly born and deserves to have such a knight as Señor Don Quixote in her service

Part 2, Ch. 32.4
Don Quixote declares that enchantment transformed Dulcinea into a peasant girl.

Part 2, Ch. 32.4 · 📍 [[El Toboso]] · a short time back

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

she it is that is enchanted, that is smitten, that is altered, changed, and transformed

Part 2, Ch. 32.4
The duke bestows a governorship on Sancho Panza, making him governor-elect.

Part 2, Ch. 32.4

the duke Sancho Panza

I would have your graces understand that Sancho Panza is one of the drollest squires that ever served knight-errant

Part 2, Ch. 32.4
The duchess's servants try to wash Sancho, but Don Quixote orders them to leave him alone.

Part 2, Ch. 32.4

Sancho Panza the duchess Don Quixote

my squire is as clean as any other person, and those troughs are as bad as narrow thin-necked jars to him; take my advice and leave him alone

Part 2, Ch. 32.5
The duchess ends the servants’ humiliating beard treatment and leaves Sancho unharmed.

Part 2, Ch. 32.5 · to-day

the duchess Sancho Panza

The impudent servitors, and even the seneschal who came with them, took the duchess to be speaking in earnest, so they removed the straining-cloth from Sancho’s neck, and with something like shame and confusion of face went off all of them and left him;

Part 2, Ch. 32.5
The duchess promises that the duke will soon grant Sancho the promised government.

Part 2, Ch. 32.5 · as soon as possible

the duchess the duke Sancho Panza

Rise, Sancho, my friend; I will repay your courtesy by taking care that my lord the duke makes good to you the promised gift of the government as soon as possible.

Part 2, Ch. 32.5
The duke orders continued treatment of Don Quixote as a knight-errant.

Part 2, Ch. 32.5

the duke Don Quixote

The duke gave fresh orders with respect to treating Don Quixote as a knight-errant, without departing even in smallest particular from the style in which, as the stories tell us, they used to treat the knights of old.

Part 2, Ch. 33.1
Sancho reveals that he fabricated Dulcinea’s letter response and invented her enchantment.

Part 2, Ch. 33.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

for I made him believe she is enchanted, though there’s no more truth in it than over the hills of Úbeda.

Part 2, Ch. 33.2
The duchess declares that Dulcinea is enchanted and that Sancho was deceived by the enchanters.

Part 2, Ch. 33.2

the duchess Don Quixote Sancho Panza

For in truth and earnest, I know from good authority that the coarse country wench who jumped up on the ass was and is Dulcinea del Toboso, and that worthy Sancho, though he fancies himself the deceiver, is the one that is deceived;

Part 2, Ch. 33.2
Sancho admits inventing Dulcinea’s enchantment to escape Don Quixote’s scolding.

Part 2, Ch. 33.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

I invented all that to escape my master’s scolding, and not with any intention of hurting him;

Part 2, Ch. 33.2
The duchess assumes responsibility for Dapple’s care and promises to protect him.

Part 2, Ch. 33.2

the duchess Sancho Panza

leave the treatment of Dapple in my charge, for as he is a treasure of Sancho’s, I’ll put him on the apple of my eye.

Part 2, Ch. 33.2
The duke and duchess plot a new elaborate knight-errantry joke against Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 33.2

the duke the duchess Don Quixote

between them they plotted and arranged to play a joke upon Don Quixote that was to be a rare one and entirely in knight-errantry style

Part 2, Ch. 34.1
The duke and duchess initiate their planned practical joke by taking Don Quixote and Sancho hunting.

Part 2, Ch. 34.1 · six days afterwards

the duke the duchess Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Having, therefore, instructed their servants in everything they were to do, six days afterwards they took him out to hunt, with as great a retinue of huntsmen and beaters as a crowned king.

Part 2, Ch. 34.1
The duke and duchess present hunting suits; Sancho accepts his, while Don Quixote refuses his.

Part 2, Ch. 34.1 · The appointed day

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the duke the duchess

They presented Don Quixote with a hunting suit, and Sancho with another of the finest green cloth; but Don Quixote declined to put his on, saying that he must soon return to the hard pursuit of arms, and could not carry wardrobes or stores with him.

Part 2, Ch. 34.1
The hunting party kills the charging wild boar with their spears.

Part 2, Ch. 34.1

Don Quixote the duke the duchess

In the end the tusked boar fell pierced by the blades of the many spears they held in front of him;

Part 2, Ch. 34.1
Don Quixote rescues Sancho after he becomes trapped upside down in an oak tree.

Part 2, Ch. 34.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote went over and unhooked Sancho, who, as soon as he found himself on the ground, looked at the rent in his huntingcoat

Part 2, Ch. 34.2
A staged messenger announces that enchanted Dulcinea and Montesinos are coming to reveal her disenchantment.

Part 2, Ch. 34.2 · 📍 [[the wood]] · as night began to fall

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso Montesinos

I am the devil; I am in search of Don Quixote of La Mancha; those who are coming this way are six troops of enchanters, who are bringing on a triumphal car the peerless Dulcinea del Toboso; she comes under enchantment, together with the gallant Frenchman Montesinos, to give instructions to Don Quixote as to how, she the said lady, may be disenchanted.

Part 2, Ch. 34.2
The staged messenger tells Don Quixote that Montesinos commands him to wait for instructions about Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 34.2 · 📍 [[the wood]] · that night

Montesinos Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

The unfortunate but valiant knight Montesinos sends me to thee, the Knight of the Lions (would that I saw thee in their claws), bidding me tell thee to wait for him wherever I may find thee, as he brings with him her whom they call Dulcinea del Toboso, that he may show thee what is needful in order to disenchant her

Part 2, Ch. 34.2
Don Quixote resolves to wait fearlessly for Montesinos despite the apparent threat from hell.

Part 2, Ch. 34.2 · 📍 [[the wood]] · that night

Don Quixote

“Why not?” replied he; “here will I wait, fearless and firm, though all hell should come to attack me.”

Part 2, Ch. 34.2
Sancho Panza faints from the terrifying spectacle, and the duchess orders him revived with water.

Part 2, Ch. 34.2 · 📍 [[the wood]] · that night

Sancho Panza the duchess

Sancho’s gave way, and he fell fainting on the skirt of the duchess’s robe, who let him lie there and promptly bade them throw water in his face. This was done, and he came to himself

Part 2, Ch. 35.1
The remedy for Dulcinea’s enchantment is revealed: Sancho must receive 3,300 lashes.

Part 2, Ch. 35.1

Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

For peerless Dulcinea del Toboso Her pristine form and beauty to regain, ’Tis needful that thy esquire Sancho shall, On his own sturdy buttocks bared to heaven, Three thousand and three hundred lashes lay, And that they smart and sting and hurt him well.

Part 2, Ch. 35.1
Sancho refuses to whip himself for Dulcinea’s disenchantment.

Part 2, Ch. 35.1

Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

By all that’s good,” exclaimed Sancho at this, “I’ll just as soon give myself three stabs with a dagger as three, not to say three thousand, lashes.

Part 2, Ch. 35.1
Don Quixote threatens to force Sancho to undergo the lashes.

Part 2, Ch. 35.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

But I’ll take you, Don Clown stuffed with garlic,” said Don Quixote, “and tie you to a tree as naked as when your mother brought you forth, and give you, not to say three thousand three hundred, but six thousand six hundred lashes

Part 2, Ch. 35.1
The required lashes are established as voluntary, allowing Sancho to choose when and how they occur.

Part 2, Ch. 35.1

Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

That will not do, for the lashes worthy Sancho has to receive must be given of his own free will and not by force, and at whatever time he pleases

Part 2, Ch. 35.2
Sancho accepts the three thousand three hundred lashes required to disenchant Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 35.2

Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

I say I accept the penance on the conditions laid down.

Part 2, Ch. 35.2
The duke makes Sancho’s promised governorship conditional on his submitting to the whipping.

Part 2, Ch. 35.2

Sancho Panza the duke

either you must be whipped by yourself, or they must whip you, or you shan’t be governor.

Part 2, Ch. 35.2
The duke and duchess return to the castle resolved to continue their practical joke.

Part 2, Ch. 35.2 · 📍 [[the castle]] · bright smiling dawn

the duke the duchess

returned to their castle resolved to follow up their joke

Part 2, Ch. 36.2
Trifaldin requests permission for Countess Trifaldi to enter and seek Don Quixote’s aid.

Part 2, Ch. 36.2 · 📍 [[garden]]

Trifaldin of the White Beard Countess Trifaldi the duke Don Quixote

Most high and mighty señor, my name is Trifaldin of the White Beard; I am squire to the Countess Trifaldi, otherwise called the Distressed Duenna, on whose behalf I bear a message to your highness, which is that your magnificence will be pleased to grant her leave and permission to come and tell you her trouble

Part 2, Ch. 36.2
The duke permits Countess Trifaldi to enter and promises protection and assistance from himself and Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 36.2 · 📍 [[garden]]

the duke Countess Trifaldi Don Quixote

Bid her enter, O stupendous squire, and tell her that the valiant knight Don Quixote of La Mancha is here, and from his generous disposition she may safely promise herself every protection and assistance; and you may tell her, too, that if my aid be necessary it will not be withheld

Part 2, Ch. 37
Don Quixote joins the duke and duchess’s scheme concerning the distressed duenna.

Part 2, Ch. 37

Don Quixote the duke the duchess

The duke and duchess were extremely glad to see how readily Don Quixote fell in with their scheme;

Part 2, Ch. 38.1
The duke and duchess receive Countess Trifaldi and seat her beside the duchess.

Part 2, Ch. 38.1 · 📍 [[the garden]]

the duke the duchess Countess Trifaldi

and raising her up by the hand he led her to a seat beside the duchess, who likewise received her with great urbanity.

Part 2, Ch. 38.1
Don Quixote pledges his knightly aid to relieve Countess Trifaldi’s distress.

Part 2, Ch. 38.1 · 📍 [[the garden]]

Don Quixote Countess Trifaldi

If your sorrows, afflicted lady, can indulge in any hope of relief from the valour or might of any knight-errant, here are mine, which, feeble and limited though they be, shall be entirely devoted to your service.

Part 2, Ch. 38.1
Sancho agrees to intercede with Don Quixote on Countess Trifaldi’s behalf.

Part 2, Ch. 38.1 · 📍 [[the garden]]

Sancho Panza Don Quixote Countess Trifaldi

I will beg my master (for I know he loves me, and, besides, he has need of me just now for a certain business) to help and aid your worship as far as he can;

Part 2, Ch. 38.2
King Archipiela died, leaving Queen Doña Maguncia a widow.

Part 2, Ch. 38.2 · 📍 [[Kandy]]

Queen Doña Maguncia King Archipiela

She was the widow of King Archipiela, her lord and husband

Part 2, Ch. 38.2
The Trifaldi was won over by the private gentleman seeking Princess Antonomasia.

Part 2, Ch. 38.2 · 📍 [[Kandy]] · Time passed

Countess Trifaldi

the impudent thief taken the precaution of gaining me over first

Part 2, Ch. 38.2
The Trifaldi yielded to the gentleman’s influence after receiving jewels and hearing his verses.

Part 2, Ch. 38.2 · 📍 [[Kandy]]

Countess Trifaldi

he gained an influence over my mind, and overcame my resolutions with I know not what trinkets and jewels he gave me

Part 2, Ch. 38.3
Antonomasia agreed to marry Don Clavijo, and Señora Trifaldi drafted a binding marriage agreement.

Part 2, Ch. 38.3

Don Clavijo Princess Antonomasia Countess Trifaldi

Don Clavijo should demand Antonomasia as his wife before the Vicar, in virtue of an agreement to marry him made by the princess, and drafted by my wit in such binding terms that the might of Samson could not have broken it.

Part 2, Ch. 38.3
Antonomasia confessed everything and was ordered into the custody of a court alguacil.

Part 2, Ch. 38.3

Princess Antonomasia

The Vicar saw the agreement, and took the lady’s confession; she confessed everything in full, and he ordered her into the custody of a very worthy alguacil of the court.

Part 2, Ch. 39
Princess Antonomasia was delivered to Don Clavijo as his lawful wife.

Part 2, Ch. 39 · 📍 [[Kandy]]

Don Clavijo Princess Antonomasia

the Vicar gave his decision in favour of Don Clavijo, and she was delivered over to him as his lawful wife;

Part 2, Ch. 39
Doña Maguncia died and was buried after taking her daughter’s marriage to heart.

Part 2, Ch. 39 · 📍 [[Kandy]] · within the space of three days

Doña Maguncia

which the Queen Doña Maguncia, the Princess Antonomasia’s mother, so took to heart, that within the space of three days we buried her.

Part 2, Ch. 39
Malambruno enchanted Don Clavijo and Princess Antonomasia, transforming them into a crocodile and a brass ape.

Part 2, Ch. 39 · 📍 [[Kandy]]

Malambruno Don Clavijo Princess Antonomasia

he, to revenge the death of his cousin, punish the audacity of Don Clavijo, and in wrath at the contumacy of Antonomasia, left them both enchanted by his art on the grave itself; she being changed into an ape of brass, and he into a horrible crocodile of some unknown metal;

Part 2, Ch. 39
Malambruno punished the duennas by transforming their faces into bearded countenances.

Part 2, Ch. 39 · 📍 [[Kandy]] · the very instant he ceased speaking

Malambruno Trifaldin of the White Beard

the very instant he ceased speaking we all felt the pores of our faces opening, and pricking us, as if with the points of needles.

Part 2, Ch. 40.1
Don Quixote promises to cure the bearded sufferers and serve the countess Trifaldi.

Part 2, Ch. 40.1

Don Quixote the countess Trifaldi

I will pluck out my own in the land of the Moors,” said Don Quixote, “if I don’t cure yours.

Part 2, Ch. 40.1
Don Quixote accepts the countess Trifaldi’s request and commits himself to her service.

Part 2, Ch. 40.1

Don Quixote the countess Trifaldi

There shall be no delay on my part,” said Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 40.1
The countess Trifaldi reveals that Malambruno will send a magical wooden horse for the rescuing knight.

Part 2, Ch. 40.1 · 📍 [[the kingdom of Kandy]]

the countess Trifaldi Malambruno

You must know, too, that Malambruno told me that, whenever fate provided the knight our deliverer, he himself would send him a steed far better and with less tricks than a post-horse; for he will be that same wooden horse on which the valiant Pierres carried off the fair Magalona;

Part 2, Ch. 40.2
Sancho resolves to accompany Don Quixote to help remove the duennas’ beards.

Part 2, Ch. 40.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

The Trifaldi said this in such a pathetic way that she drew tears from the eyes of all and even Sancho’s filled up; and he resolved in his heart to accompany his master to the uttermost ends of the earth, if so be the removal of the wool from those venerable countenances depended upon it.

Part 2, Ch. 40.2
Don Quixote vows to behead Malambruno with his sword.

Part 2, Ch. 40.2

Don Quixote Malambruno

Only let Clavileño come and let me find myself face to face with Malambruno, and I am certain no razor will shave you more easily than my sword shall shave Malambruno’s head off his shoulders;

Part 2, Ch. 41.1
Clavileño arrives, enabling the adventure to rescue the bearded duennas.

Part 2, Ch. 41.1 · 📍 [[garden]] · night

Don Quixote Countess Trifaldi

But lo! suddenly there came into the garden four wild-men all clad in green ivy bearing on their shoulders a great wooden horse.

Part 2, Ch. 41.1
Don Quixote agrees to mount Clavileño and undertake the adventure to shave the duennas.

Part 2, Ch. 41.1 · 📍 [[garden]]

Don Quixote Countess Trifaldi

That I will, Señora Countess Trifaldi,” said Don Quixote, “most gladly and with right goodwill, without stopping to take a cushion or put on my spurs

Part 2, Ch. 41.1
The duke conditions Sancho’s promised governorship on accompanying Don Quixote through the adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 41.1 · 📍 [[garden]]

Sancho Panza the duke Don Quixote

that which I look to receive for this government is that you go with your master Don Quixote, and bring this memorable adventure to a conclusion

Part 2, Ch. 41.1
Sancho accepts the journey on Clavileño despite his fear.

Part 2, Ch. 41.1 · 📍 [[garden]]

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Well then,” said Sancho, “God and the most holy Trinity of Gaeta give me help!”

Part 2, Ch. 41.1
Don Quixote and Sancho prepare to mount Clavileño blindfolded.

Part 2, Ch. 41.1 · 📍 [[garden]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Cover thine eyes, Sancho, and mount;

Part 2, Ch. 41.2
The Distressed One carefully bandages Don Quixote’s eyes before the adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 41.2

Don Quixote Countess Trifaldi

he begged the Distressed One to bandage his eyes very carefully

Part 2, Ch. 41.2
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza mount Clavileño and begin the staged flight.

Part 2, Ch. 41.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

They were then blindfolded, and Don Quixote, finding himself settled to his satisfaction, felt for the peg

Part 2, Ch. 41.2
The duke and duchess successfully orchestrate the entire Clavileño adventure.

Part 2, Ch. 41.2

the duke the duchess

for the whole adventure was so well planned by the duke, the duchess, and their majordomo, that nothing was omitted to make it perfectly successful

Part 2, Ch. 41.3
Clavileño explodes, throwing Don Quixote and Sancho Panza to the ground and ending their staged flight.

Part 2, Ch. 41.3 · 📍 [[garden]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

they applied a light to Clavileño’s tail with some tow, and the horse, being full of squibs and crackers, immediately blew up with a prodigious noise, and brought Don Quixote and Sancho Panza to the ground half singed.

Part 2, Ch. 41.3
An inscription declares Don Quixote’s adventure completed and promises Dulcinea del Toboso’s eventual disenchantment.

Part 2, Ch. 41.3 · 📍 [[garden]]

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

The illustrious knight Don Quixote of La Mancha has, by merely attempting it, finished and concluded the adventure of the Countess Trifaldi, otherwise called the Distressed Duenna; Malambruno is now satisfied on every point, the chins of the duennas are now smooth and clean, and King Don Clavijo and Queen Antonomasia in their original form; and when the squirely flagellation shall have been completed, the white dove shall find herself delivered from the pestiferous gerfalcons that persecute her, and in the arms of her beloved mate; for such is the decree of the sage Merlin, arch-enchanter of enchanters.

Part 2, Ch. 41.3
The duke embraces Don Quixote and proclaims him the greatest knight ever seen.

Part 2, Ch. 41.3 · 📍 [[garden]]

the duke Don Quixote

The duke read the placard with half-shut eyes, and then ran to embrace Don Quixote with open arms, declaring him to be the best knight that had ever been seen in any age.

Part 2, Ch. 42.1
The duke and duchess instruct their servants to make Sancho’s promised island government seem real.

Part 2, Ch. 42.1

the duke the duchess Sancho Panza

So having laid their plans and given instructions to their servants and vassals how to behave to Sancho in his government of the promised island

Part 2, Ch. 42.1
The duke tells Sancho to prepare to become governor of the island.

Part 2, Ch. 42.1 · the next day

the duke Sancho Panza

the duke told Sancho to prepare and get ready to go and be governor, for his islanders were already looking out for him as for the showers of May.

Part 2, Ch. 42.1
Sancho accepts the promised island governorship and agrees to try governing it.

Part 2, Ch. 42.1

Sancho Panza

Well then,” said Sancho, “let the island come; and I’ll try and be such a governor, that in spite of scoundrels I’ll go to heaven

Part 2, Ch. 42.2
Sancho Panza becomes governor of an island.

Part 2, Ch. 42.2 · before the time

Sancho Panza

Thou, who, to my thinking, art beyond all doubt a dullard, without early rising or night watching or taking any trouble, with the mere breath of knight-errantry that has breathed upon thee, seest thyself without more ado governor of an island, as though it were a mere matter of course.

Part 2, Ch. 43.1
Sancho receives Don Quixote’s second set of counsels and resolves to follow them in governing.

Part 2, Ch. 43.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Sancho listened to him with the deepest attention, and endeavoured to fix his counsels in his memory, like one who meant to follow them

Part 2, Ch. 43.2
Don Quixote declares his counsel complete and himself released from his obligations to Sancho.

Part 2, Ch. 43.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I comfort myself with having done my duty in advising thee as earnestly and as wisely as I could; and thus I am released from my obligations and my promise.

Part 2, Ch. 43.2
Sancho offers to relinquish the governorship if Don Quixote considers him unfit.

Part 2, Ch. 43.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Señor,” said Sancho, “if your worship thinks I’m not fit for this government, I give it up on the spot;

Part 2, Ch. 43.2
Don Quixote affirms that Sancho deserves to govern a thousand islands.

Part 2, Ch. 43.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

By God, Sancho,” said Don Quixote, “for those last words thou hast uttered alone, I consider thou deservest to be governor of a thousand islands.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1
Don Quixote handed Sancho his written counsels for the government.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1 · the same afternoon after dinner

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

the same afternoon after dinner he handed them to him in writing so that he might get someone to read them to him.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1
The duke and duchess sent Sancho to govern the village, placing him in the majordomo’s charge.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1 · the same evening

the duke the duchess Sancho Panza the majordomo

To carry on the joke, then, the same evening they despatched Sancho with a large following to the village that was to serve him for an island.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1
The majordomo carried out the duke and duchess’s scheme while conducting Sancho to his government.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1

the duke the duchess the majordomo Sancho Panza

and thus qualified, and instructed by his master and mistress as to how to deal with Sancho, he carried out their scheme admirably.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1
Sancho departed, receiving farewells from the duke, duchess, and Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1 · On taking leave

Sancho Panza Don Quixote the duke the duchess

On taking leave he kissed the hands of the duke and duchess and got his master’s blessing, which Don Quixote gave him with tears, and he received blubbering.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1
Don Quixote was left without Sancho and wished he could revoke the government.

Part 2, Ch. 44.1 · as soon as Sancho had gone

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

It is recorded, then, that as soon as Sancho had gone, Don Quixote felt his loneliness, and had it been possible for him to revoke the mandate and take away the government from him he would have done so.

Part 2, Ch. 44.2
The duchess orders that no attendants enter Don Quixote’s chamber.

Part 2, Ch. 44.2

the duchess Don Quixote

I assure you I will give orders that not even a fly, not to say a damsel, shall enter your room.

Part 2, Ch. 44.2
Malambruno burns Clavileño after abandoning his magical instruments.

Part 2, Ch. 44.2

Malambruno

he resolved to make away with all the instruments of his craft; and so burned Clavileño as the chief one

Part 2, Ch. 44.3
Altisidora serenades Don Quixote and reveals that she has fallen in love with him.

Part 2, Ch. 44.3 · the night

Altisidora Don Quixote

ever since this stranger entered the castle and my eyes beheld him, I cannot sing but only weep

Part 2, Ch. 44.3
Don Quixote rejects Altisidora and reaffirms his exclusive devotion to Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 44.3 · the night

Don Quixote Altisidora Dulcinea del Toboso

Ye love-smitten host, know that to Dulcinea only I am dough and sugar-paste, flint to all others; for her I am honey, for you aloes.

Part 2, Ch. 45.1
Sancho takes possession of Barataria and is acknowledged as its perpetual governor.

Part 2, Ch. 45.1 · 📍 [[island of Barataria]]

Sancho Panza the duke

Sancho with all his attendants arrived at a village of some thousand inhabitants, and one of the largest the duke possessed. They informed him that it was called the island of Barataria, either because the name of the village was Baratario, or because of the joke by way of which the government had been conferred upon him. On reaching the gates of the town, which was a walled one, the municipality came forth to meet him, the bells rang out a peal, and the inhabitants showed every sign of general satisfaction; and with great pomp they conducted him to the principal church to give thanks to God, and then with burlesque ceremonies they presented him with the keys of the town, and acknowledged him as perpetual governor of the island of Barataria.

Part 2, Ch. 45.1
Sancho settles the disputed ten-crown debt by recognizing the debtor’s cane as payment.

Part 2, Ch. 45.1 · 📍 [[island of Barataria]]

Sancho Panza

Sancho took it and, handing it to the other old man, said to him, “Go, and God be with you; for now you are paid.”

Part 2, Ch. 45.2
Sancho Panza exposes ten hidden gold crowns by ordering a disputed cane broken.

Part 2, Ch. 45.2

Sancho Panza

It was done, and in the middle of it they found ten gold-crowns.

Part 2, Ch. 45.2
Sancho Panza returns the purse to the cattle dealer and expels the fraudulent woman from the island.

Part 2, Ch. 45.2

Sancho Panza

She handed it to him at once, and the governor returned it to the man

Part 2, Ch. 45.2
Sancho Panza rules that the tailor loses his labor, the laborer his cloth, and prisoners receive the caps.

Part 2, Ch. 45.2

Sancho Panza

my decision is that the tailor lose the making and the labourer the cloth, and that the caps go to the prisoners in the gaol

Part 2, Ch. 45.2
Sancho Panza’s judgments are recorded and sent to the duke.

Part 2, Ch. 45.2

Sancho Panza the duke

All this, having been taken down by his chronicler, was at once despatched to the duke

Part 2, Ch. 46
The duchess and duke plot a harmless trick against Don Quixote after he requests a lute.

Part 2, Ch. 46 · night

the duchess the duke Altisidora Don Quixote

she, delighted beyond measure, plotted with the duke and her two damsels to play him a trick that should be amusing but harmless

Part 2, Ch. 46
Don Quixote publicly declares unwavering love for Dulcinea, resisting Altisidora’s courtship.

Part 2, Ch. 46 · When eleven o’clock came

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

Dulcinea del Toboso Painted on my heart I wear; Never from its tablets, never, Can her image be eras’d.

Part 2, Ch. 46
The duke and duchess unleash bells and cats, frightening and seriously injuring Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 46

the duke the duchess Don Quixote

They let down a cord with more than a hundred bells attached to it, and immediately after that discharged a great sack full of cats

Part 2, Ch. 46
Altisidora bandages Don Quixote’s wounds and openly declares that she adores him.

Part 2, Ch. 46

Altisidora Don Quixote

Altisidora herself with her own fair hands bandaged all the wounded parts; and as she did so she said to him in a low voice. “All these mishaps have befallen thee, hardhearted knight, for the sin of thy insensibility and obstinacy; and God grant thy squire Sancho may forget to whip himself, so that that dearly beloved Dulcinea of thine may never be released from her enchantment, that thou mayest never come to her bed, at least while I who adore thee am alive.”

Part 2, Ch. 46
Don Quixote is confined to bed for five days because of the cat attack.

Part 2, Ch. 46 · five days

Don Quixote

for it cost him five days of confinement to his bed

Part 2, Ch. 47.1
Doctor Pedro Recio de Aguero restricts Sancho Panza's food as the governor's physician.

Part 2, Ch. 47.1

Doctor Pedro Recio de Aguero Sancho Panza

I, señor, am a physician, and I am paid a salary in this island to serve its governors as such

Part 2, Ch. 47.1
Sancho Panza orders Doctor Pedro Recio de Aguero imprisoned for starving him.

Part 2, Ch. 47.1

Sancho Panza Doctor Pedro Recio de Aguero

What we have got to do first, and it must be done at once, is to put Doctor Recio in the lock-up

Part 2, Ch. 47.1
The duke warns Sancho Panza of an impending attack and disguised assassins.

Part 2, Ch. 47.1 · 📍 [[Island of Barataria]] · From this place, the Sixteenth of August, at four in the morning.

the duke Sancho Panza

It has come to my knowledge, Señor Don Sancho Panza, that certain enemies of mine and of the island are about to make a furious attack upon it some night

Part 2, Ch. 47.1
Sancho Panza orders the chamber cleared to hear the duke's warning privately.

Part 2, Ch. 47.1 · 📍 [[Island of Barataria]]

Sancho Panza

Sancho ordered the chamber to be cleared, the majordomo and the carver only remaining; so the doctor and the others withdrew

Part 2, Ch. 47.2
Sancho Panza expels the farmer after he demands six hundred ducats for his son's marriage portion.

Part 2, Ch. 47.2

Sancho Panza

By all that’s good, you ill-bred, boorish Don Bumpkin, if you don’t get out of this at once and hide yourself from my sight, I’ll lay your head open with this chair.

Part 2, Ch. 48.1
Doña Rodriguez reveals her identity and seeks Don Quixote’s aid with a grievance.

Part 2, Ch. 48.1 · one night

Doña Rodriguez Don Quixote

Señor Don Quixote—if so be you are indeed Don Quixote—I am no phantom or spectre or soul in purgatory, as you seem to think, but Doña Rodriguez, duenna of honour to my lady the duchess, and I come to you with one of those grievances your worship is wont to redress.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2
Doña Rodriguez became a widow after her husband died.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2

Doña Rodriguez

shortly afterwards my husband died of a certain shock he received

Part 2, Ch. 48.2
Doña Casilda dismissed Doña Rodriguez’s husband from service after the public incident.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2 · 📍 [[Madrid]]

Doña Casilda Doña Rodriguez

my lady dismissed him; and it was chagrin at this I am convinced beyond a doubt that brought on his death.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2
The duchess took Doña Rodriguez and her daughter into her service in Aragon.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2 · 📍 [[kingdom of Aragon]]

the duchess Doña Rodriguez

my lady the duchess, then lately married to my lord the duke, offered to take me with her to this kingdom of Aragon, and my daughter also

Part 2, Ch. 48.2
The duke repeatedly refused to order the farmer to marry Doña Rodriguez’s daughter.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2 · 📍 [[kingdom of Aragon]]

the duke Doña Rodriguez

he turns a deaf ear and will scarcely listen to me

Part 2, Ch. 48.2
Doña Rodriguez revealed that the duchess has leg issues used to discharge humours.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2

Doña Rodriguez the duchess

she may thank, first of all God, for this, and next, two issues that she has, one in each leg

Part 2, Ch. 48.2
Silent attackers assaulted Doña Rodriguez and Don Quixote in the chamber.

Part 2, Ch. 48.2 · Suddenly

Doña Rodriguez Don Quixote

the silent executioners fell upon Don Quixote, and stripping him of the sheet and the coverlet, they pinched him so fast and so hard

Part 2, Ch. 49.1
The duke and majordomo arrange a prank against Sancho, but he withstands their scheme.

Part 2, Ch. 49.1

the duke the majordomo Sancho Panza

We left the great governor angered and irritated by that portrait-painting rogue of a farmer who, instructed by the majordomo, as the majordomo was by the duke, tried to practise upon him; he however, fool, boor, and clown as he was, held his own against them all

Part 2, Ch. 49.1
Doctor Pedro Recio permits Sancho to eat supper despite his medical objections.

Part 2, Ch. 49.1 · that night

Doctor Pedro Recio of Tirteafuera Sancho Panza

At last Doctor Pedro Recio Agilers of Tirteafuera promised to let him have supper that night though it might be in contravention of all the aphorisms of Hippocrates.

Part 2, Ch. 49.1
Sancho begins patrolling the town with the majordomo and his official entourage.

Part 2, Ch. 49.1 · Night came

Sancho Panza the majordomo

Night came, and with the permission of Doctor Pedro Recio, the governor had supper. They then got ready to go the rounds, and he started with the majordomo, the secretary, the head-carver, the chronicler charged with recording his deeds, and alguacils and notaries enough to form a fair-sized squadron.

Part 2, Ch. 49.1
Sancho intervenes when his patrol discovers two men fighting in the town streets.

Part 2, Ch. 49.1

Sancho Panza

They hastened to the spot, and found that the combatants were but two, who seeing the authorities approaching stood still

Part 2, Ch. 49.2
Sancho orders the winner to pay compensation and banishes the assailant from the island for ten years.

Part 2, Ch. 49.2

Sancho Panza the winner the assailant

The one paid down the money and the other took it, and the latter quitted the island, while the other went home

Part 2, Ch. 49.2
Sancho releases the imprisoned young man after accepting that he cannot force him to sleep.

Part 2, Ch. 49.2

Sancho Panza the young man

“Well then, go, and God be with you,” said Sancho; “be off home to sleep, and God give you sound sleep

Part 2, Ch. 49.2
The disguised girl reveals that she is Pedro Perez Mazorca’s daughter and that jealousy drove her disguise.

Part 2, Ch. 49.2

Sancho Panza the girl Pedro Perez Mazorca

“I am the daughter, sirs, of Pedro Perez Mazorca, the wool-farmer of this town

Part 2, Ch. 49.3
Sancho resolves to negotiate Sanchica’s marriage to the young man.

Part 2, Ch. 49.3 · on the morrow

Sancho Panza Sanchica

even to Sancho ideas and schemes of marrying the youth to his daughter Sanchica suggested themselves, and he resolved to open the negotiation at the proper season

Part 2, Ch. 49.3
Sancho’s government is overthrown, destroying his marriage plans.

Part 2, Ch. 49.3 · a couple of days later

Sancho Panza

And so the night’s round came to an end, and a couple of days later the government, whereby all his plans were overthrown and swept away, as will be seen farther on.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1
The duchess and Altisidora torment Don Quixote and flog Doña Rodriguez in revenge.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1

the duchess Altisidora Don Quixote Doña Rodriguez

But when the duchess heard how the Rodriguez had made public the Aranjuez of her issues she could not restrain herself, nor Altisidora either; and so, filled with rage and thirsting for vengeance, they burst into the room and tormented Don Quixote and flogged the duenna in the manner already described;

Part 2, Ch. 50.1
The duchess sends Teresa Panza letters and a coral necklace as presents.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1

the duchess Teresa Panza

The duchess told the duke what had happened, and he was much amused by it; and she, in pursuance of her design of making merry and diverting herself with Don Quixote, despatched the page who had played the part of Dulcinea in the negotiations for her disenchantment (which Sancho Panza in the cares of government had forgotten all about) to Teresa Panza his wife with her husband’s letter and another from herself, and also a great string of fine coral beads as a present.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1
Teresa Panza receives the duchess’s letter and coral beads recognizing Sancho’s governorship.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1

the duchess Teresa Panza

This letter is from his lordship the governor, and the other as well as these coral beads from my lady the duchess, who sends me to your worship.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1
Teresa and Sanchica learn that Don Quixote made Sancho governor of Barataria.

Part 2, Ch. 50.1 · 📍 [[island of Barataria]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Teresa Panza Sanchica

That is the truth,” said the page; “for it is through Señor Don Quixote that Señor Sancho is now governor of the island of Barataria, as will be seen by this letter.”

Part 2, Ch. 50.2
The duchess reveals that the duke granted Sancho the government of one of his islands.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2

the duchess the duke Sancho Panza

Your husband Sancho’s good qualities, of heart as well as of head, induced and compelled me to request my husband the duke to give him the government of one of his many islands.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2
The duchess sends Teresa a string of coral beads with gold clasps.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2

the duchess Teresa Panza

Herewith I send you, my dear, a string of coral beads with gold clasps;

Part 2, Ch. 50.2
The duchess promises to arrange a prestigious marriage for Sanchica.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2

the duchess Sanchica

Commend me to your daughter Sanchica, and tell her from me to hold herself in readiness, for I mean to make a high match for her when she least expects it.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2
Sancho sends Sanchica a fine hunting suit through the page.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2

Sancho Panza Sanchica

You will be glad too,” said the page, “when you see the bundle there is in this portmanteau, for it is a suit of the finest cloth, that the governor only wore one day out hunting and now sends, all for Señora Sanchica.”

Part 2, Ch. 50.2
Teresa announces Sancho’s government and the duchess’s gifts to the curate and barber.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2

Teresa Panza the curate the barber

None of us poor now, faith! We’ve got a little government!

Part 2, Ch. 50.2
The curate and barber verify the duchess’s letters and gifts, learning of Sancho’s unexpected government.

Part 2, Ch. 50.2

Teresa Panza the curate the barber

The curate read them out for Samson Carrasco to hear, and Samson and he regarded one another with looks of astonishment at what they had read

Part 2, Ch. 50.3
The duke and duchess give Sancho Panza the government he holds as governor.

Part 2, Ch. 50.3

the duke the duchess Sancho Panza

my lord and lady the duke and duchess can give, and have given him this same government

Part 2, Ch. 50.3
Teresa has letters written to Sancho Panza and the duchess.

Part 2, Ch. 50.3

Teresa Panza Sancho Panza the duchess

and so she gave a cake and a couple of eggs to a young acolyte who was a penman, and he wrote for her two letters, one for her husband and the other for the duchess

Part 2, Ch. 51.1
Doctor Pedro Recio restricts Sancho Panza’s breakfast to conserve and cold water, leaving him hungry.

Part 2, Ch. 51.1 · Day came after the night of the governor’s round

Doctor Pedro Recio of Tirteafuera Sancho Panza

The señor governor got up, and by Doctor Pedro Recio’s directions they made him break his fast on a little conserve and four sups of cold water

Part 2, Ch. 51.1
Sancho Panza applies Don Quixote’s mercy precept and orders the doubtful traveler to pass freely.

Part 2, Ch. 51.1 · that day

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

they should let him pass freely, as it is always more praiseworthy to do good than to do evil; this I would give signed with my name if I knew how to sign; and what I have said in this case is not out of my own head, but one of the many precepts my master Don Quixote gave me

Part 2, Ch. 51.2
The majordomo spares Sancho from being killed by hunger, while preparing another joke against him.

Part 2, Ch. 51.2 · 📍 [[Island of Barataria]] · that same night

the majordomo Sancho Panza

The majordomo kept his word, for he felt it against his conscience to kill so wise a governor by hunger;

Part 2, Ch. 51.2
A courier delivers Don Quixote’s letter to Sancho, offering counsel about governing.

Part 2, Ch. 51.2 · 📍 [[Island of Barataria]] · that day

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

there came a courier with a letter from Don Quixote for the governor.

Part 2, Ch. 51.2
The duchess sends Teresa Panza a suit and another present, awaiting her reply.

Part 2, Ch. 51.2

the duchess Teresa Panza

My lady the duchess sent off a messenger with thy suit and another present to thy wife Teresa Panza; we expect the answer every moment.

Part 2, Ch. 51.2
Sancho dictates a reply to Don Quixote and orders the secretary to write it without alteration.

Part 2, Ch. 51.2 · 📍 [[Island of Barataria]] · at once

Sancho Panza the secretary Don Quixote

he then rose up from table, and calling his secretary shut himself in with him in his own room, and without putting it off any longer set about answering his master Don Quixote at once;

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
Doctor Pedro Recio starves Sancho Panza through preventive diet, leaving him expecting to die.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3 · 📍 [[this town]] · up to the present

Doctor Pedro Recio of Tirteafuera Sancho Panza

This doctor says of himself that he does not cure diseases when there are any, but prevents them coming, and the medicines he uses are diet and more diet until he brings one down to bare bones; as if leanness was not worse than fever.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
Sancho confiscates adulterated nuts and bans the stall-keeper from the market for a fortnight.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3 · 📍 [[the market-place]] · yesterday

Sancho Panza

I confiscated the whole for the children of the charity-school, who will know how to distinguish them well enough, and I sentenced her not to come into the market-place for a fortnight;

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
The duchess sends Teresa Panza a present and writes to her.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3 · the other day

the duchess Teresa Panza

I am very glad my lady the duchess has written to my wife Teresa Panza and sent her the present your worship speaks of;

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
Sancho sends Don Quixote a letter describing his suffering and administration as governor.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

The secretary sealed the letter, and immediately dismissed the courier;

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
Sancho drafts ordinances regulating trade, prices, wages, songs, charity, and wine adulteration.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3 · The afternoon

Sancho Panza

Sancho spent the afternoon in drawing up certain ordinances relating to the good government of what he fancied the island;

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
Sancho establishes lasting constitutions that regulate the island’s government.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3

Sancho Panza

In a word, he made so many good rules that to this day they are preserved there, and are called The constitutions of the great governor Sancho Panza.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3
The conspirators arrange Sancho’s dismissal from the governorship.

Part 2, Ch. 51.3

Sancho Panza

and those who were carrying on the joke against Sancho putting their heads together arranged how he was to be dismissed from the government.

Part 2, Ch. 52.1
Don Quixote promises to obtain redress for Doña Rodriguez’s daughter and challenge the seducer.

Part 2, Ch. 52.1 · before you take the road

Don Quixote Doña Rodriguez

I take it upon myself to obtain redress for your daughter

Part 2, Ch. 52.1
The duke accepts Don Quixote’s challenge and schedules the vassal’s combat in the castle courtyard.

Part 2, Ch. 52.1 · six days thence

Don Quixote the duke Doña Rodriguez

he accepted the challenge in the name of his vassal, and fixed six days thence as the time, the courtyard of the castle as the place

Part 2, Ch. 52.1
Doña Rodriguez places her claim for justice in Don Quixote’s hands.

Part 2, Ch. 52.1

Doña Rodriguez Don Quixote

I do so place it

Part 2, Ch. 52.1
The duchess stops treating Doña Rodriguez and her daughter as servants and houses them as adventurers seeking justice.

Part 2, Ch. 52.1 · for the future

Doña Rodriguez the duchess

the duchess gave orders that for the future they were not to be treated as servants of hers, but as lady adventurers who came to her house to demand justice

Part 2, Ch. 52.1
The duchess receives and reads Teresa Panza’s letter.

Part 2, Ch. 52.1

Teresa Panza the duchess

taking out the letters he placed them in the duchess’s hand

Part 2, Ch. 52.2
The duchess made Sancho Panza governor of the island of Barataria.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2 · 📍 [[island of Barataria]]

the duchess Sancho Panza

All this village is very much pleased that your ladyship has made a governor of my good man Sancho

Part 2, Ch. 52.2
La Berrueca’s daughter married a good-for-nothing painter.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2

La Berrueca’s daughter a good-for-nothing painter

La Berrueca has married her daughter to a good-for-nothing painter, who came here to paint anything that might turn up.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2
Pedro Lobo’s son received the first orders and tonsure, intending to become a priest.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2

Pedro Lobo’s son

Pedro Lobo’s son has received the first orders and tonsure, with the intention of becoming a priest.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2
Minguilla went to law against Mingo Silvato over his promised marriage.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2

Minguilla Mingo Silvato

Minguilla, Mingo Silvato’s granddaughter, found it out, and has gone to law with him on the score of having given her promise of marriage.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2
A company of soldiers departed, taking three village girls away with them.

Part 2, Ch. 52.2

three of the girls of the village

A company of soldiers passed through here; when they left they took away with them three of the girls of the village;

Part 2, Ch. 53.1
Sancho hears an alarm announcing an enemy invasion and the island’s imminent destruction.

Part 2, Ch. 53.1 · 📍 [[the island]] · on the night of the seventh day of his government

Sancho Panza

he heard such a noise of bell-ringing and shouting that one would have fancied the whole island was going to the bottom.

Part 2, Ch. 53.1
Sancho is armed, bound in shields, and ordered to lead the island’s defense.

Part 2, Ch. 53.1 · 📍 [[the plaza]] · that night

Sancho Panza

they at once produced two large shields they had come provided with, and placed them upon him over his shirt, without letting him put on anything else

Part 2, Ch. 53.2
Sancho Panza refuses Pedro Recio’s promised remedy and improved diet.

Part 2, Ch. 53.2

Sancho Panza Pedro Recio

That is unnecessary, señor governor,” said Doctor Recio, “for I will give your worship a draught against falls and bruises that will soon make you as sound and strong as ever; and as for your diet I promise your worship to behave better, and let you eat plentifully of whatever you like.” “You spoke late,” said Sancho. “I’d as soon turn Turk as stay any longer.

Part 2, Ch. 54.1
The duke and duchess substitute Tosilos for their absent vassal in the planned challenge.

Part 2, Ch. 54.1 · 📍 [[field of battle]] · Two days later

the duke the duchess Tosilos

The duke and duchess resolved that the challenge Don Quixote had, for the reason already mentioned, given their vassal, should be proceeded with; and as the young man was in Flanders, whither he had fled to escape having Doña Rodriguez for a mother-in-law, they arranged to substitute for him a Gascon lacquey, named Tosilos, first of all carefully instructing him in all he had to do.

Part 2, Ch. 54.1
Sancho recognises Ricote, his former neighbour, despite Ricote's disguise as a foreign pilgrim.

Part 2, Ch. 54.1 · as he was passing

Sancho Panza Ricote

Sancho upon this looking at him more carefully began to recall his features, and at last recognised him perfectly, and without getting off the ass threw his arms round his neck saying, “Who the devil could have known thee, Ricote, in this mummer’s dress thou art in?

Part 2, Ch. 54.1
Ricote reveals that he secretly returned to Spain disguised as a pilgrim and asks Sancho not to betray him.

Part 2, Ch. 54.1

Ricote Sancho Panza

“If thou dost not betray me, Sancho,” said the pilgrim, “I am safe; for in this dress no one will recognise me; but let us turn aside out of the road into that grove there where my comrades are going to eat and rest, and thou shalt eat with them there, for they are very good fellows; I’ll have time enough to tell thee then all that has happened me since I left our village in obedience to his Majesty’s edict that threatened such severities against the unfortunate people of my nation, as thou hast heard.”

Part 2, Ch. 54.2
Ricote left Spain alone to find a new place for his family.

Part 2, Ch. 54.2 · 📍 [[Spain]] · before the time granted us for quitting Spain was out

Ricote

I decided, then, and I think wisely ... to leave the town myself, alone and without my family, and go to seek out some place to remove them to comfortably

Part 2, Ch. 54.2
Juan Tiopieyo took Ricote’s wife and daughter to Barbary.

Part 2, Ch. 54.2 · 📍 [[Barbary]]

Francisca Ricota Ricota Juan Tiopieyo

Juan Tiopieyo thy wife’s brother took them, and being a true Moor he went where he could go most easily;

Part 2, Ch. 54.2
Sancho resigned his governorship of Barataria.

Part 2, Ch. 54.2 · 📍 [[island of Barataria]] · this morning

Sancho Panza

I have given up being governor of an island

Part 2, Ch. 54.2
Sancho refused Ricote’s offer to help recover and conceal the buried treasure.

Part 2, Ch. 54.2

Sancho Panza Ricote

And I have told thee already, Ricote, that I will not

Part 2, Ch. 54.2
Don Pedro Gregorio disappeared, reportedly pursuing Ricota to carry her away.

Part 2, Ch. 54.2 · since she left

Don Pedro Gregorio Ricota

The one who showed himself most moved was Don Pedro Gregorio, the rich young heir thou knowest of, and they say he was deep in love with her; and since she left he has not been seen in our village again, and we all suspect he has gone after her to steal her away

Part 2, Ch. 55.1
Sancho Panza and Dapple fall into a deep pit and become trapped.

Part 2, Ch. 55.1 · night

Sancho Panza Dapple

he and Dapple fell into a deep dark hole that lay among some very old buildings.

Part 2, Ch. 55.1
Sancho Panza widens a hole, enabling Dapple to enter the cavern.

Part 2, Ch. 55.1 · day came

Sancho Panza Dapple

with a stone began to pick away the clay from the hole until in a short time he had made room for the beast to pass easily

Part 2, Ch. 55.1
Don Quixote discovers Sancho Panza buried alive in a pit.

Part 2, Ch. 55.1 · one morning

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

It struck Don Quixote that it was the voice of Sancho Panza he heard

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
Sancho Panza abandons the governorship of Barataria.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2 · 📍 [[Barataria]] · yesterday morning

Sancho Panza

and yesterday morning I left the island as I found it, with the same streets, houses, and roofs it had when I entered it.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
Sancho Panza falls into a pit after giving up his government.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2 · last night

Sancho Panza

I fell last night into this pit where I am now, and Dapple is witness and won’t let me lie, for more by token he is here with me.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
Don Quixote discovers that Sancho Panza is alive in the pit.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“By all that’s good,” was the answer, “and by the birth of whomsoever your worship chooses, I swear, Señor Don Quixote of La Mancha, that I am your squire Sancho Panza, and that I have never died all my life;

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
The duke and duchess rescue Sancho Panza from the pit.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]]

the duke the duchess Sancho Panza

To be brief, they fetched ropes and tackle, as the saying is, and by dint of many hands and much labour they drew up Dapple and Sancho Panza out of the darkness into the light of day.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
Sancho Panza leaves the governorship and returns to Don Quixote’s service.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

I take a leap out of the government and pass into the service of my master Don Quixote;

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
The duke offers Sancho Panza another, less onerous post on his estate.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]]

the duke Sancho Panza

The duke embraced Sancho and told him he was heartily sorry he had given up the government so soon, but that he would see that he was provided with some other post on his estate less onerous and more profitable.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2
The duchess orders that Sancho Panza receive proper care after his ordeal.

Part 2, Ch. 55.2 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]]

the duchess Sancho Panza

The duchess also embraced him, and gave orders that he should be taken good care of, as it was plain to see he had been badly treated and worse bruised.

Part 2, Ch. 56.1
The duke orders Tosilos to fight Don Quixote without killing or wounding him.

Part 2, Ch. 56.1 · the day fixed for the battle arrived

the duke Tosilos Don Quixote

the duke, after having repeatedly instructed his lacquey Tosilos how to deal with Don Quixote so as to vanquish him without killing or wounding him, gave orders to have the heads removed from the lances

Part 2, Ch. 56.1
Don Quixote accepts the duke’s arrangements for the sanctioned battle.

Part 2, Ch. 56.1 · the day fixed for the battle arrived

Don Quixote the duke

Don Quixote bade his excellence arrange all matters connected with the affair as he pleased, as on his part he would obey him in everything.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Tosilos yields the combat and agrees to marry the lady.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Tosilos

I therefore declare that I yield myself vanquished, and that I am willing to marry the lady at once.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Don Quixote is released from his promise when Tosilos agrees to marry.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Don Quixote

As that is the case I am released and absolved from my promise; let them marry by all means

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Tosilos publicly declares his willingness to marry the lady peacefully.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Tosilos

Señora, I am willing to marry your daughter, and I have no wish to obtain by strife and fighting what I can obtain in peace and without any risk to my life.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Tosilos’s helmet is removed, revealing him as the duke’s lacquey rather than the expected husband.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Tosilos the duke

They removed it in all haste, and his lacquey features were revealed to public gaze.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
The duke postpones the marriage and orders Tosilos confined until his supposed transformation is resolved.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2 · 📍 [[castle]]

the duke Tosilos

Let us put off the marriage for, say, a fortnight, and let us keep this person about whom we are uncertain in close confinement

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Doña Rodriguez’s daughter accepts Tosilos as her lawful husband despite his being a lacquey.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Doña Rodriguez's daughter Tosilos

I had rather be the lawful wife of a lacquey than the cheated mistress of a gentleman

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Tosilos is shut up while the household awaits the outcome of his supposed transformation.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Tosilos

all that had happened ended in Tosilos being shut up until it was seen how his transformation turned out.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2
Don Quixote is hailed as the victor after the combat ends without a fight.

Part 2, Ch. 56.2

Don Quixote

All hailed Don Quixote as victor

Part 2, Ch. 57
The duke and duchess grant Don Quixote permission to leave their castle.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · one day

Don Quixote the duke the duchess

They gave it, showing at the same time that they were very sorry he was leaving them.

Part 2, Ch. 57
Sancho receives Teresa Panza’s letters from the duchess.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · the day of their departure

Sancho Panza Teresa Panza

The duchess gave his wife’s letters to Sancho Panza, who shed tears over them

Part 2, Ch. 57
Sancho receives two hundred gold crowns for his travel expenses.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · the day of their departure

Sancho Panza

the duke’s majordomo, the same that had acted the part of the Trifaldi, had given him a little purse with two hundred gold crowns to meet the necessary expenses of the road

Part 2, Ch. 57
Altisidora publicly accuses Don Quixote of stealing her kerchiefs and garters and abandoning her.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · the day of their departure

Altisidora Don Quixote

Thou hast jilted a maiden As fair to behold As nymph of Diana Or Venus of old.

Part 2, Ch. 57
The duke challenges Don Quixote to mortal combat over the alleged theft.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · the day of their departure

the duke Don Quixote

Restore her garters, or else I defy you to mortal combat

Part 2, Ch. 57
Altisidora admits that she is wearing the supposedly stolen garters.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · the day of their departure

Altisidora

I beg your pardon about the theft of the garters; for by God and upon my soul I have got them on

Part 2, Ch. 57
Don Quixote and Sancho leave the castle and set out for Saragossa.

Part 2, Ch. 57 · 📍 [[Saragossa]] · the day of their departure

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote bowed his head, and saluted the duke and duchess and all the bystanders, and wheeling Rocinante round, Sancho following him on Dapple, he rode out of the castle, shaping his course for Saragossa.

Part 2, Ch. 58.1
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza leave the duke’s castle, free from Altisidora’s attentions.

Part 2, Ch. 58.1 · When Don Quixote saw himself in open country

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Altisidora

When Don Quixote saw himself in open country, free, and relieved from the attentions of Altisidora, he felt at his ease, and in fresh spirits to take up the pursuit of chivalry once more

Part 2, Ch. 58.1
Sancho Panza receives two hundred gold crowns from the duke’s majordomo.

Part 2, Ch. 58.1

Sancho Panza the duke

For all your worship says,” said Sancho, “it is not becoming that there should be no thanks on our part for two hundred gold crowns that the duke’s majordomo has given me in a little purse

Part 2, Ch. 58.2
Altisidora declares her passion for Don Quixote, causing him embarrassment rather than sympathy.

Part 2, Ch. 58.2

Altisidora Don Quixote

and so without shame Altisidora declared her passion, which excited in my mind embarrassment rather than commiseration.

Part 2, Ch. 58.2
Don Quixote becomes entangled in green nets stretched between trees.

Part 2, Ch. 58.2

Don Quixote

Don Quixote found himself caught in some nets of green cord stretched from one tree to another

Part 2, Ch. 58.2
Don Quixote accepts the shepherdesses’ invitation to join their pastoral gathering as a guest.

Part 2, Ch. 58.2

Don Quixote

I commend your mode of entertainment, and thank you for the kindness of your invitation

Part 2, Ch. 58.3
Don Quixote publicly proclaims the shepherdesses fairest in the world, excepting Dulcinea del Toboso.

Part 2, Ch. 58.3 · 📍 [[highway leading to Saragossa]] · for two full days

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

and so I declare that for two full days I will maintain in the middle of this highway leading to Saragossa, that these ladies disguised as shepherdesses, who are here present, are the fairest and most courteous maidens in the world, excepting only the peerless Dulcinea del Toboso, sole mistress of my thoughts, be it said without offence to those who hear me, ladies and gentlemen.

Part 2, Ch. 58.3
A drove of bulls tramples Don Quixote and Sancho, leaving both injured and humiliated.

Part 2, Ch. 58.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

and so the drove of fierce bulls and tame bullocks, together with the crowd of herdsmen and others who were taking them to be penned up in a village where they were to be run the next day, passed over Don Quixote and over Sancho, Rocinante and Dapple, hurling them all to the earth and rolling them over on the ground.

Part 2, Ch. 58.3
After the trampling, Don Quixote and Sancho leave the imitation Arcadia and continue their journey in humiliation.

Part 2, Ch. 58.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

When they reached him master and man mounted once more, and without going back to bid farewell to the mock or imitation Arcadia, and more in humiliation than contentment, they continued their journey.

Part 2, Ch. 59.1
Don Quixote discovers Don Jeronimo and Don Juan are reading and criticizing a spurious Second Part of his history.

Part 2, Ch. 59.1 · Supper-time

Don Quixote Don Jeronimo Don Juan

The instant Don Quixote heard his own name he started to his feet and listened with open ears to catch what they said about him, and heard the Don Jeronimo who had been addressed say in reply, “Why would you have us read that absurd stuff, Don Juan, when it is impossible for anyone who has read the First Part of the history of ‘Don Quixote of La Mancha’ to take any pleasure in reading this Second Part?”

Part 2, Ch. 59.2
Don Juan and Don Jeronimo recognize Don Quixote and Sancho as the genuine figures, not those in the false history.

Part 2, Ch. 59.2

Don Quixote Don Jeronimo Don Juan Sancho Panza

they felt thoroughly convinced that these, and not those their Aragonese author described, were the genuine Don Quixote and Sancho.

Part 2, Ch. 59.2
Don Quixote abandons his planned journey to Saragossa and decides to compete in Barcelona instead.

Part 2, Ch. 59.2 · 📍 [[Barcelona]]

Don Quixote

“For that very reason,” said Don Quixote, “I will not set foot in Saragossa; and by that means I shall expose to the world the lie of this new history writer, and people will see that I am not the Don Quixote he speaks of.”

Part 2, Ch. 60.1
Don Quixote and Sancho discover the bodies of hanged freebooters, confirming they are near Barcelona.

Part 2, Ch. 60.1 · 📍 [[Barcelona]] · with the first light

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

with the first light they looked up and saw that the fruit hanging on those trees were freebooters’ bodies.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Roque Guinart’s robbers surrounded and captured Don Quixote and Sancho Panza.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2 · day dawned

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Roque Guinart

And now day dawned; and if the dead freebooters had scared them, their hearts were no less troubled by upwards of forty living ones, who all of a sudden surrounded them, and in the Catalan tongue bade them stand and wait until their captain came up.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Roque Guinart stopped his men from stripping Sancho Panza.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2 · at that moment

Roque Guinart Sancho Panza

He saw that his squires (for so they call those who follow that trade) were about to rifle Sancho Panza, but he ordered them to desist and was at once obeyed, so the girdle escaped.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Claudia Jeronima revealed that Don Vicente Torrellas had pledged himself to her.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2 · not two hours since

Claudia Jeronima Don Vicente Torrellas

In a word, he pledged himself to be mine, and I promised to be his, without carrying matters any further.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Claudia Jeronima learned Don Vicente Torrellas planned to marry another woman, breaking his pledge.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2 · this morning

Claudia Jeronima Don Vicente Torrellas

Yesterday I learned that, forgetful of his pledge to me, he was about to marry another, and that he was to go this morning to plight his troth, intelligence which overwhelmed and exasperated me;

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Claudia Jeronima shot Don Vicente Torrellas after discovering his broken pledge.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2 · this morning

Claudia Jeronima Don Vicente Torrellas

I overtook Don Vicente about a league from this, and without waiting to utter reproaches or hear excuses I fired this musket at him, and these two pistols besides, and to the best of my belief I must have lodged more than two bullets in his body, opening doors to let my honour go free, enveloped in his blood.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Claudia Jeronima sought Roque Guinart’s safe-conduct to France and protection for her father.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2 · 📍 [[France]]

Claudia Jeronima Roque Guinart

I left him there in the hands of his servants, who did not dare and were not able to interfere in his defence, and I come to seek from thee a safe-conduct into France, where I have relatives with whom I can live; and also to implore thee to protect my father, so that Don Vicente’s numerous kinsmen may not venture to wreak their lawless vengeance upon him.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Roque Guinart agreed to investigate whether Don Vicente Torrellas was dead before deciding Claudia’s course.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2

Roque Guinart Claudia Jeronima

Come, señora, let us go and see if thy enemy is dead; and then we will consider what will be best for thee.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2
Don Quixote undertook to defend Claudia Jeronima and enforce Don Vicente’s pledged word.

Part 2, Ch. 60.2

Don Quixote Claudia Jeronima

Nobody need trouble himself with the defence of this lady, for I take it upon myself.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3
Don Vicente reveals that he was not going to marry Leonora and offers to take Claudia as his wife.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3

Claudia Jeronima Don Vicente

“Assuredly not,” replied Don Vicente; “my cruel fortune must have carried those tidings to thee to drive thee in thy jealousy to take my life; and to assure thyself of this, press my hands and take me for thy husband if thou wilt; I have no better satisfaction to offer thee for the wrong thou fanciest thou hast received from me.”

Part 2, Ch. 60.3
Don Vicente dies from his wounds while Claudia mourns him as her husband.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3

Claudia Jeronima Don Vicente

Claudia recovered from her fainting fit, but not so Don Vicente from the paroxysm that had overtaken him, for his life had come to an end.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3
After Don Vicente's death, Claudia resolves to enter a monastery and devote her life to a spiritual spouse.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3

Claudia Jeronima

Claudia told him she meant to go to a monastery of which an aunt of hers was abbess, where she intended to pass her life with a better and everlasting spouse.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3
Claudia refuses Roque's offer to accompany and protect her.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3

Roque Guinart Claudia Jeronima

Claudia would not on any account allow him to accompany her; and thanking him for his offers as well as she could, took leave of him in tears.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3
Roque orders his men to restore the treasures and jewels stripped from Dapple to Sancho.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3

Roque Guinart Sancho Panza

Roque Guinart ordered them to be restored at once;

Part 2, Ch. 60.3
Roque equitably redistributes the band's stolen clothing, jewellery, and money among his men.

Part 2, Ch. 60.3

Roque Guinart

and making a hasty valuation, and reducing what could not be divided into money, he made shares for the whole band so equitably and carefully, that in no case did he exceed or fall short of strict distributive justice.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4
Doña Guiomar pays eighty crowns to Roque Guinart, who spares her and grants her safe passage.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4

Roque Guinart Doña Guiomar de Quiñones

The regent’s lady ordered one of her servants to give the eighty crowns that had been assessed as her share at once, for the captains had already paid down their sixty.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4
Roque Guinart fatally wounds a squire for criticizing his generosity.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4

Roque Guinart

The unlucky wight did not speak so low but that Roque overheard him, and drawing his sword almost split his head in two, saying, “That is the way I punish impudent saucy fellows.”

Part 2, Ch. 60.4
Roque Guinart sends notice that he will deliver Don Quixote and Sancho to Barcelona.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4 · 📍 [[Barcelona]] · in four days from that date, that is to say, on Saint John the Baptist’s Day

Roque Guinart Don Quixote Sancho Panza

He wished, he said, his enemies the Cadells could be deprived of this pleasure; but that was impossible, because the crazes and shrewd sayings of Don Quixote and the humours of his squire Sancho Panza could not help giving general pleasure to all the world.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4
Roque Guinart dispatches a letter to Barcelona announcing Don Quixote’s arrival with Sancho.

Part 2, Ch. 60.4 · 📍 [[Barcelona]] · in four days from that date, that is to say, on Saint John the Baptist’s Day

Roque Guinart Don Quixote Sancho Panza

He despatched the letter by one of his squires, who, exchanging the costume of a highwayman for that of a peasant, made his way into Barcelona and gave it to the person to whom it was directed.

Part 2, Ch. 61
Roque gives Don Quixote and Sancho ten crowns and leaves them before entering Barcelona.

Part 2, Ch. 61 · 📍 [[Barcelona]] · on Saint John’s Eve during the night

Roque Guinart Don Quixote Sancho Panza

They reached the strand on Saint John’s Eve during the night; and Roque, after embracing Don Quixote and Sancho (to whom he presented the ten crowns he had promised but had not until then given), left them with many expressions of good-will on both sides.

Part 2, Ch. 61
Don Quixote and Sancho see the sea and Barcelona’s armed maritime welcome at dawn.

Part 2, Ch. 61 · 📍 [[Barcelona]] · The dawn

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

The dawn made way for the sun that with a face broader than a buckler began to rise slowly above the low line of the horizon; Don Quixote and Sancho gazed all round them; they beheld the sea, a sight until then unseen by them;

Part 2, Ch. 61
Horsemen publicly welcome Don Quixote as the true knight described by Cide Hamete Benengeli.

Part 2, Ch. 61 · 📍 [[Barcelona]]

Don Quixote

Welcome, I say, valiant Don Quixote of La Mancha; not the false, the fictitious, the apocryphal, that these latter days have offered us in lying histories, but the true, the legitimate, the real one that Cide Hamete Benengeli, flower of historians, has described to us!

Part 2, Ch. 61
A boys’ prank causes Don Quixote and Sancho to be thrown from Rocinante and Dapple.

Part 2, Ch. 61 · 📍 [[Barcelona]] · As they were entering it

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Rocinante Dapple

The poor beasts felt the strange spurs and added to their anguish by pressing their tails tight, so much so that, cutting a multitude of capers, they flung their masters to the ground.

Part 2, Ch. 61
Don Quixote and Sancho are escorted into Barcelona and taken to a rich gentleman’s house.

Part 2, Ch. 61 · 📍 [[Barcelona]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote and Sancho mounted once more, and with the same music and acclamations reached their conductor’s house, which was large and stately, that of a rich gentleman, in short;

Part 2, Ch. 62.1
Don Antonio hosts Don Quixote and arranges harmless entertainments to display his madness.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1

Don Antonio Moreno Don Quixote

Don Quixote’s host was one Don Antonio Moreno by name, a gentleman of wealth and intelligence, and very fond of diverting himself in any fair and good-natured way; and having Don Quixote in his house he set about devising modes of making him exhibit his mad points in some harmless fashion

Part 2, Ch. 62.1
Don Antonio reveals that an enchanted bronze head answers questions truthfully, but remains mute until the next day.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1 · Friday

Don Antonio Moreno Don Quixote

This head, Señor Don Quixote, has been made and fabricated by one of the greatest magicians and wizards the world ever saw, a Pole, I believe, by birth, and a pupil of the famous Escotillo of whom such marvellous stories are told.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1
Don Antonio orders his servants to entertain Sancho and prevent him from leaving the house.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1 · That afternoon

Don Antonio Moreno Sancho Panza

Orders were left with the servants to entertain Sancho so as not to let him leave the house.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1
Don Antonio publicly displays Don Quixote in street costume with a placard identifying him.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1 · That afternoon

Don Antonio Moreno Don Quixote

They put the surcoat on him, and on the back, without his perceiving it, they stitched a parchment on which they wrote in large letters, “This is Don Quixote of La Mancha.”

Part 2, Ch. 62.1
Sancho reveals to Don Antonio that he governed the island of Barataria for ten days.

Part 2, Ch. 62.1

Sancho Panza Don Antonio Moreno

Ay,” said Sancho, “and of an island called Barataria. I governed it to perfection for ten days; and lost my rest all the time

Part 2, Ch. 62.2
Don Quixote rejects the ladies’ advances, declaring that Dulcinea alone commands his love.

Part 2, Ch. 62.2 · Night came

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso

“Fugite, partes adversæ! Leave me in peace, unwelcome overtures; avaunt, with your desires, ladies, for she who is queen of mine, the peerless Dulcinea del Toboso, suffers none but hers to lead me captive and subdue me;”

Part 2, Ch. 62.2
Don Antonio tests the enchanted head, which identifies Don Pedro Noriz.

Part 2, Ch. 62.2 · The next day

Don Antonio Moreno Don Pedro Noriz

“Yes, I know thee, thou art Don Pedro Noriz,” was the reply.

Part 2, Ch. 62.2
The enchanted head publicly identifies Don Quixote and Sancho Panza, astonishing those present.

Part 2, Ch. 62.2 · The next day

Don Antonio Moreno Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“Thou and thy wife, with two friends of thine and two of hers, and a famous knight called Don Quixote of La Mancha, and a squire of his, Sancho Panza by name.”

Part 2, Ch. 62.2
The enchanted head declares that Sancho’s whipping and Dulcinea’s disenchantment will eventually occur.

Part 2, Ch. 62.2 · The next day

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Dulcinea del Toboso

“Sancho’s whipping will proceed leisurely. The disenchantment of Dulcinea will attain its due consummation.”

Part 2, Ch. 62.2
The enchanted head predicts Sancho will govern his household, return to his family, and cease being a squire.

Part 2, Ch. 62.2 · The next day

Sancho Panza

“Thou shalt govern in thy house; and if thou returnest to it thou shalt see thy wife and children; and on ceasing to serve thou shalt cease to be a squire.”

Part 2, Ch. 62.3
Cide Hamete reveals that Don Antonio’s enchanted head is a mechanical trick made for amusement.

Part 2, Ch. 62.3

Cide Hamete Benengeli Don Antonio Moreno

He says, therefore, that on the model of another head, the work of an image maker, which he had seen at Madrid, Don Antonio made this one at home for his own amusement and to astonish ignorant people;

Part 2, Ch. 62.3
The inquisitors order Don Antonio to dismantle the enchanted head to prevent public scandal.

Part 2, Ch. 62.3

Don Antonio Moreno

Don Antonio, fearing it might come to the ears of the watchful sentinels of our faith, explained the matter to the inquisitors, who commanded him to break it up and have done with it, lest the ignorant vulgar should be scandalised.

Part 2, Ch. 62.3
Despite the revelation, Don Quixote and Sancho continue believing the head is enchanted.

Part 2, Ch. 62.3

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

By Don Quixote, however, and by Sancho the head was still held to be an enchanted one, and capable of answering questions, though more to Don Quixote’s satisfaction than Sancho’s.

Part 2, Ch. 62.3
The city gentlemen arrange a tilting event to honor Don Quixote and gratify Don Antonio.

Part 2, Ch. 62.3 · in six days from that time

Don Antonio Moreno Don Quixote

The gentlemen of the city, to gratify Don Antonio and also to do the honours to Don Quixote, and give him an opportunity of displaying his folly, made arrangements for a tilting at the ring in six days from that time, which, however, for reason that will be mentioned hereafter, did not take place.

Part 2, Ch. 63.1
Sancho is subjected to a galley prank and left bruised, breathless, and sweating.

Part 2, Ch. 63.1 · 📍 [[the galleys]] · that afternoon

Sancho Panza

The poor fellow was left bruised and breathless and all in a sweat, and unable to comprehend what it was that had happened to him.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
Two drunken Toraquis kill two soldiers during the brigantine’s attempted escape.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2

two Toraquis two soldiers

Seeing this the general swore he would not leave one of those he found on board the vessel alive

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
The chief galley captures the brigantine and takes everyone aboard alive.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2 · 📍 [[the beach]]

the general the rais the brigantine's crew

the galley coming up with them in a little more than half a mile threw her oars over them and took the whole of them alive.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
The general orders the rais and captured men hanged for killing his soldiers.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2

the general the rais the prisoners

He ordered the skiff to push off to fetch him, and the yard to be lowered for the purpose of hanging forthwith the rais and the rest of the men taken on board the vessel

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
The viceroy questions the condemned rais about their identity and origin.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2

the viceroy the rais

He therefore questioned him, saying, “Tell me, rais, art thou Turk, Moor, or renegade?”

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
The rais reveals that the supposed young corsair is actually a Christian woman.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2

the rais

“A Christian woman,” replied the youth.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
The Christian woman requests that her execution be suspended to tell her life story.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2

the Christian woman the general

“Suspend the execution of the sentence,” said the youth; “your vengeance will not lose much by waiting while I tell you the story of my life.”

Part 2, Ch. 63.2
The general permits the Christian woman to recount her story, without granting pardon.

Part 2, Ch. 63.2

the general the Christian woman

The general bade him say what he pleased, but not to expect pardon for his flagrant offence.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3
Ana Felix is forcibly carried into exile by her uncles despite being a Christian.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3 · 📍 [[Barbary]]

Ana Félix

more by force than of my own will, they took me with them

Part 2, Ch. 63.3
Don Gaspar Gregorio accompanies Ana Felix into banishment by joining the departing Moriscoes.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3

Ana Félix Don Gaspar Gregorio

Don Gregorio chose to accompany me in our banishment.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3
Ana Felix disguises Don Gaspar Gregorio as a Moorish woman to protect him from danger.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3 · 📍 [[Algiers]] · that same afternoon

Ana Félix Don Gaspar Gregorio

I dressed him as a Moorish woman, and that same afternoon I brought him before the king

Part 2, Ch. 63.3
Don Gaspar Gregorio is placed among Moorish ladies after being disguised as a woman.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3 · at once

Don Gaspar Gregorio

he commanded her to be placed in the house of some Moorish ladies of rank who would protect and attend to her; and thither he was taken at once.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3
Ricote reveals that Ana Felix is his daughter and that he returned to find her.

Part 2, Ch. 63.3 · the instant she ceased speaking

Ana Félix Ricote

O Ana Felix, my unhappy daughter, I am thy father Ricote, come back to look for thee, unable to live without thee, my soul that thou art!

Part 2, Ch. 63.4
Ricote’s identity as Ana Félix’s father is confirmed, and they reunite after her release.

Part 2, Ch. 63.4

Ana Félix Ricote

She being now unbound embraced her father, mingling her tears with his, while he addressing the general and the viceroy said, “This, sirs, is my daughter, more unhappy in her adventures than in her name.

Part 2, Ch. 63.4
A plan is agreed to rescue Don Gaspar Gregorio from danger through a voyage to Algiers.

Part 2, Ch. 63.4

Ricote Ana Félix Don Gaspar Gregorio

This, then, being agreed upon, the viceroy landed, and Don Antonio Moreno took the fair Morisco and her father home with him, the viceroy charging him to give them the best reception and welcome in his power, while on his own part he offered all that house contained for their entertainment; so great was the good-will and kindliness the beauty of Ana Felix had infused into his heart.

Part 2, Ch. 63.4
Don Antonio Moreno takes Ana Félix and Ricote into his home and offers them hospitality.

Part 2, Ch. 63.4

Ana Félix Ricote Don Antonio Moreno

Don Antonio Moreno took the fair Morisco and her father home with him, the viceroy charging him to give them the best reception and welcome in his power, while on his own part he offered all that house contained for their entertainment;

Part 2, Ch. 64.1
The renegade put to sea to release Don Gregorio.

Part 2, Ch. 64.1 · Two days afterwards

the renegade Don Gaspar Gregorio

Two days afterwards the renegade put to sea in a light vessel of six oars a-side manned by a stout crew

Part 2, Ch. 64.1
Samson Carrasco, disguised as the Knight of the White Moon, challenges Don Quixote to combat.

Part 2, Ch. 64.1 · One morning

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

I come to do battle with thee and prove the might of thy arm

Part 2, Ch. 64.1
Don Quixote accepts the Knight of the White Moon's challenge and its conditions.

Part 2, Ch. 64.1 · One morning

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco Dulcinea del Toboso

I accept your challenge, with the conditions you have proposed, and at once, that the day you have fixed may not expire

Part 2, Ch. 64.2
The Knight of the White Moon defeats Don Quixote and forces him to admit defeat.

Part 2, Ch. 64.2 · 📍 [[beach]]

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

he hurled Don Quixote and Rocinante to the earth, a perilous fall.

Part 2, Ch. 64.2
Don Quixote accepts the condition to retire home for a year after losing the combat.

Part 2, Ch. 64.2

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

Don Quixote replied that so long as nothing in prejudice of Dulcinea was demanded of him, he would observe all the rest like a true and loyal knight.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Samson Carrasco impersonated the Knight of the Mirrors to force Don Quixote into a year of retirement.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1 · Three months ago

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

Three months ago, therefore, I went out to meet him as a knight-errant, under the assumed name of the Knight of the Mirrors, intending to engage him in combat and overcome him without hurting him, making it the condition of our combat that the vanquished should be at the disposal of the victor.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Samson Carrasco, disguised as the Knight of the White Moon, defeated Don Quixote and imposed retirement.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1 · to-day

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

But this did not quench my desire to meet him again and overcome him, as you have seen to-day.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Samson Carrasco reveals to Don Antonio that he is the Knight of the White Moon.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1 · 📍 [[a hostel in the heart of the city]]

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote Don Antonio Moreno

You must know, señor, that I am called the bachelor Samson Carrasco.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Samson Carrasco leaves the city and returns to his own country.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1 · the same day

Samson Carrasco

he rode away from the city the same day on the horse he rode to battle, and returned to his own country

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Don Quixote remains bedridden and dejected after his defeat.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1 · Six days

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

Six days did Don Quixote keep his bed, dejected, melancholy, moody and out of sorts, brooding over the unhappy event of his defeat.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Don Quixote confirms that his enforced retirement will last one year before he resumes knight-errantry.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

thou seest my suspension and retirement is not to exceed a year; I shall soon return to my honoured calling

Part 2, Ch. 65.1
Don Gregorio is released and arrives at the viceroy’s house.

Part 2, Ch. 65.1 · 📍 [[the viceroy’s house]] · by this time

Don Gaspar Gregorio the viceroy

Don Gregorio and the renegade who went for him have come ashore—ashore do I say? They are by this time in the viceroy’s house

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
The renegade rescued Don Gregorio, who returned from captivity and came to Don Antonio’s house.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2 · 📍 [[Don Antonio’s house]]

Don Gaspar Gregorio the renegade

When they carried him away from Algiers he was in woman’s dress; on board the vessel, however, he exchanged it for that of a captive who escaped with him; but in whatever dress he might be he looked like one to be loved and served and esteemed, for he was surpassingly well-favoured, and to judge by appearances some seventeen or eighteen years of age.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
The renegade was readmitted into the Church after penance and repentance.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2

the renegade

And the renegade effected his readmission into the body of the Church and was reconciled with it, and from a rotten limb became by penance and repentance a clean and sound one.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
The viceroy and Don Antonio agreed on arrangements for Ana Felix and Ricote to remain in Spain.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2 · 📍 [[Spain]] · Two days later

the viceroy Don Antonio Moreno Ana Félix Ricote

The viceroy agreed to all that was proposed; but Don Gregorio on learning what had passed declared he could not and would not on any account leave Ana Felix; however, as it was his purpose to go and see his parents and devise some way of returning for her, he fell in with the proposed arrangement.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
Ana Felix remained in Don Antonio’s house under his wife’s care.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2 · 📍 [[Don Antonio’s house]]

Ana Félix

Ana Felix remained with Don Antonio’s wife, and Ricote in the viceroy’s house.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
Ricote remained in the viceroy’s house while Don Antonio pursued arrangements for his stay.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2 · 📍 [[the viceroy’s house]]

Ricote

Ana Felix remained with Don Antonio’s wife, and Ricote in the viceroy’s house.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
Don Gregorio and Ana Felix separated as he departed to visit his parents and seek her return.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2

Don Gaspar Gregorio Ana Félix

There were tears and sighs, swoonings and sobs, at the parting between Don Gregorio and Ana Felix.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2
Don Quixote accepted that his defeat barred him from taking up arms for a year.

Part 2, Ch. 65.2 · a year

Don Quixote

Am I not he that has been conquered? Am I not he that has been overthrown? Am I not he who must not take up arms for a year?

Part 2, Ch. 66.1
Don Quixote leaves Barcelona after losing his honour in defeat.

Part 2, Ch. 66.1 · 📍 [[Barcelona]]

Don Quixote

As he left Barcelona, Don Quixote turned gaze upon the spot where he had fallen.

Part 2, Ch. 66.1
Don Quixote vows to return home for a year of seclusion before resuming arms.

Part 2, Ch. 66.1

Don Quixote

Forward then, Sancho my friend, let us go to keep the year of the novitiate in our own country, and in that seclusion we shall pick up fresh strength to return to the by me never-forgotten calling of arms.

Part 2, Ch. 66.2
The duke punishes Tosilos with a hundred strokes for disobeying orders in the combat.

Part 2, Ch. 66.2 · as soon as your worship had left the castle

Tosilos the duke

my lord the duke had a hundred strokes of the stick given me for having acted contrary to the orders he gave me before engaging in the combat

Part 2, Ch. 66.2
Tosilos's intended marriage fails, and the girl becomes a nun.

Part 2, Ch. 66.2 · the end of the whole affair

Tosilos the daughter of Doña Rodriguez

the end of the whole affair is that the girl has become a nun

Part 2, Ch. 66.2
Doña Rodriguez returns to Castile.

Part 2, Ch. 66.2 · 📍 [[Castile]] · the end of the whole affair

Doña Rodriguez

and Doña Rodriguez has gone back to Castile

Part 2, Ch. 66.2
Sancho reveals that Don Quixote was defeated by the Knight of the White Moon.

Part 2, Ch. 66.2

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco

especially now that it is all over with him, for here he is beaten by the Knight of the White Moon

Part 2, Ch. 67.1
Don Quixote resolves to become a shepherd, and Sancho enthusiastically accepts the pastoral life.

Part 2, Ch. 67.1 · for the time I have to live in retirement

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

I would have ourselves turn shepherds, at any rate for the time I have to live in retirement. I will buy some ewes and everything else requisite for the pastoral calling; and I, under the name of the shepherd Quixotize and thou as the shepherd Panzino, we will roam the woods and groves and meadows singing songs here, lamenting in elegies there, drinking of the crystal waters of the springs or limpid brooks or flowing rivers.

Part 2, Ch. 67.2
Don Quixote and Sancho plan to become shepherds and adopt a pastoral life.

Part 2, Ch. 67.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“God bless me, Sancho my friend!” said Don Quixote, “what a life we shall lead!”

Part 2, Ch. 68.1
A drove of pigs tramples Don Quixote and Sancho Panza, scattering their equipment and overthrowing them.

Part 2, Ch. 68.1 · at that hour

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

The wide-spread grunting drove came on in a surging mass, and without showing any respect for Don Quixote’s dignity or Sancho’s, passed right over the pair of them, demolishing Sancho’s entrenchments, and not only upsetting Don Quixote but sweeping Rocinante off his feet into the bargain; and what with the trampling and the grunting, and the pace at which the unclean beasts went, pack-saddle, armour, Dapple and Rocinante were left scattered on the ground and Sancho and Don Quixote at their wits’ end.

Part 2, Ch. 68.1
Sancho refuses Don Quixote’s request to scourge himself for Dulcinea’s disenchantment.

Part 2, Ch. 68.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Will your worship let me sleep, and not worry me about whipping myself? or you’ll make me swear never to touch a hair of my doublet, not to say my flesh.

Part 2, Ch. 68.2
Armed men surround Don Quixote and Sancho, threaten them with lances, and take them prisoner.

Part 2, Ch. 68.2 · as evening closed in

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

The men on horseback now came up, and raising their lances surrounded Don Quixote in silence, and pointed them at his back and breast, menacing him with death.

Part 2, Ch. 68.2
The captors bring Don Quixote and Sancho to the duke’s castle as prisoners.

Part 2, Ch. 68.2 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]] · about an hour after midnight

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the duke

And now, about an hour after midnight, they reached a castle which Don Quixote saw at once was the duke’s, where they had been but a short time before.

Part 2, Ch. 69.1
The duke and duchess stage a lavish funeral spectacle and force Don Quixote and Sancho to participate.

Part 2, Ch. 69.1

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the duke the duchess

The horsemen dismounted, and, together with the men on foot, without a moment’s delay taking up Sancho and Don Quixote bodily, they carried them into the court

Part 2, Ch. 69.1
Altisidora is revealed not dead, and her restoration is made dependent on Sancho’s penance.

Part 2, Ch. 69.1

Altisidora Sancho Panza

not dead as the ignorant world imagines, but living in the voice of fame and in the penance which Sancho Panza, here present, has to undergo to restore her to the long-lost light.

Part 2, Ch. 69.1
Sancho is ordered to receive smacks, pinches, and thrusts to restore Altisidora.

Part 2, Ch. 69.1

Sancho Panza Altisidora

make haste hither one and all, and print on Sancho’s face four-and-twenty smacks, and give him twelve pinches and six pin thrusts in the back and arms; for upon this ceremony depends the restoration of Altisidora.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2
Altisidora revives, turning on her side and later sitting up on the catafalque.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2 · At this instant

Altisidora

At this instant Altisidora, who probably was tired of having been so long lying on her back, turned on her side; seeing which the bystanders cried out almost with one voice, “Altisidora is alive! Altisidora lives!”

Part 2, Ch. 69.2
Sancho is smacked, pinched, and pricked by the duennas and household members.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2

Sancho Panza

In line, all the duennas smacked him and several others of the household pinched him; but what he could not stand was being pricked by the pins;

Part 2, Ch. 69.2
Sancho attacks his tormentors with a lighted torch after losing patience with their tortures.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2

Sancho Panza

At this instant Altisidora, who probably was tired of having been so long lying on her back, turned on her side; seeing which the bystanders cried out almost with one voice, “Altisidora is alive! Altisidora lives!”

Part 2, Ch. 69.2
Altisidora gives Sancho six smocks to make into shirts.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2 · From this day forth

Altisidora Sancho Panza

From this day forth, friend Sancho, count as thine six smocks of mine which I bestow upon thee, to make as many shirts for thyself, and if they are not all quite whole, at any rate they are all clean.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2
The duke and duchess restore Sancho's ordinary clothes and remove his flaming robe and mitre.

Part 2, Ch. 69.2

the duke the duchess Sancho Panza

The duke bade them take it from him, and give him back his cap and doublet and remove the flaming robe.

Part 2, Ch. 70.1
Samson Carrasco disguises himself with a white moon shield and pursues Don Quixote to defeat him.

Part 2, Ch. 70.1 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]]

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

The bachelor Samson Carrasco, he says, not forgetting how he as the Knight of the Mirrors had been vanquished and overthrown by Don Quixote, which defeat and overthrow upset all his plans, resolved to try his hand again, hoping for better luck than he had before; and so, having learned where Don Quixote was from the page who brought the letter and present to Sancho’s wife, Teresa Panza, he got himself new armour and another horse, and put a white moon upon his shield

Part 2, Ch. 70.1
The duke reveals his elaborate tricks involving Don Quixote and Sancho to Samson Carrasco.

Part 2, Ch. 70.1 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]]

the duke Samson Carrasco

He told him, too, of the jokes he had practised upon him, and of the device for the disenchantment of Dulcinea at the expense of Sancho’s backside; and finally he gave him an account of the trick Sancho had played upon his master, making him believe that Dulcinea was enchanted and turned into a country wench

Part 2, Ch. 70.1
Don Quixote keeps his promise to retire to his village for a year after the combat.

Part 2, Ch. 70.1 · for a year

Don Quixote

Don Quixote was now, like a loyal knight-errant, returning to keep his promise of retiring to his village for a year

Part 2, Ch. 70.1
The duke and duchess stage Altisidora’s death and resurrection as an elaborate prank on Don Quixote and Sancho.

Part 2, Ch. 70.1 · 📍 [[the duke’s castle]]

the duke the duchess Altisidora

Altisidora to be placed on the catafalque with all the pomp and ceremony that has been described, the whole affair being so well arranged and acted that it differed but little from reality.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2
Altisidora reveals that her apparent death for Don Quixote was entirely feigned.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2

Altisidora Don Quixote

All that you have seen to-night has been make-believe; I’m not the woman to let the black of my nail suffer for such a camel, much less die!

Part 2, Ch. 70.2
Don Quixote refuses Altisidora’s love and reaffirms that he belongs exclusively to Dulcinea.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2

Don Quixote Dulcinea del Toboso Altisidora

I was born to belong to Dulcinea del Toboso, and the fates, if there are any, dedicated me to her; and to suppose that any other beauty can take the place she occupies in my heart is to suppose an impossibility.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2
The duke and duchess grant Don Quixote permission to depart.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2 · that same day

the duke the duchess Don Quixote

Don Quixote begged their permission to take his departure that same day, inasmuch as for a vanquished knight like himself it was fitter he should live in a pig-sty than in a royal palace. They gave it very readily

Part 2, Ch. 70.2
The duchess orders Altisidora to occupy herself with needlework.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2 · henceforward

the duchess Altisidora

I will take care that my Altisidora employs herself henceforward in needlework of some sort; for she is extremely expert at it.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2
Don Quixote leaves the duke and duchess after dining with them.

Part 2, Ch. 70.2 · the same evening

Don Quixote

So the conversation came to an end, and Don Quixote dressed himself and dined with the duke and duchess, and set out the same evening.

Part 2, Ch. 71.1
Sancho agrees to whip himself to disenchant Dulcinea in exchange for payment.

Part 2, Ch. 71.1 · this night without fail

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“When?” said Sancho; “this night without fail. Let your worship order it so that we pass it out of doors and in the open air, and I’ll scarify myself.”

Part 2, Ch. 71.1
Sancho begins whipping himself while Don Quixote counts the lashes.

Part 2, Ch. 71.1 · Night

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

He then stripped himself from the waist upwards, and snatching up the rope he began to lay on and Don Quixote to count the lashes.

Part 2, Ch. 71.1
Sancho renegotiates the whipping price, and Don Quixote agrees to double it.

Part 2, Ch. 71.1 · Night

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

“Go on, Sancho my friend, and be not disheartened,” said Don Quixote; “for I double the stakes as to price.”

Part 2, Ch. 71.2
Don Quixote stops Sancho from continuing his self-flagellation to prevent him from losing his life.

Part 2, Ch. 71.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

At the sound of his piteous cry and of the stroke of the cruel lash, Don Quixote ran to him at once, and seizing the twisted halter that served him for a courbash, said to him, “Heaven forbid, Sancho my friend, that to please me thou shouldst lose thy life, which is needed for the support of thy wife and children; let Dulcinea wait for a better opportunity, and I will content myself with a hope soon to be realised, and have patience until thou hast gained fresh strength so as to finish off this business to the satisfaction of everybody.”

Part 2, Ch. 71.2
Don Quixote postpones Sancho’s remaining lashes until they reach their village.

Part 2, Ch. 71.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

And yet it must not be, Sancho my friend,” said Don Quixote; “but, to enable thee to recover strength, we must keep it for our own village; for at the latest we shall get there the day after to-morrow.”

Part 2, Ch. 71.2
Don Quixote covers Sancho with his cloak, and Sancho sleeps until sunrise.

Part 2, Ch. 71.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Don Quixote obeyed, and stripping himself covered Sancho, who slept until the sun woke him; they then resumed their journey

Part 2, Ch. 72.1
Don Álvaro reveals that the Don Quixote and Sancho in print are impostors unlike the pair before him.

Part 2, Ch. 72.1 · All that day

Don Álvaro Tarfe Don Quixote Sancho Panza

But I don’t know what to say, for I am ready to swear I left him shut up in the Casa del Nuncio at Toledo, and here another Don Quixote turns up, though a very different one from mine.

Part 2, Ch. 72.2
Don Álvaro Tarfe formally declares that he never saw Don Quixote and that he is not the printed impostor.

Part 2, Ch. 72.2 · 📍 [[the inn]]

Don Álvaro Tarfe Don Quixote

The declaration was made with all the formalities required in such cases, at which Don Quixote and Sancho were in high delight

Part 2, Ch. 72.2
Don Álvaro is disabused of his mistaken belief after encountering the two opposing Don Quixotes.

Part 2, Ch. 72.2

Don Álvaro Tarfe Don Quixote

Many civilities and offers of service were exchanged by Don Álvaro and Don Quixote, in the course of which the great Manchegan displayed such good taste that he disabused Don Álvaro of the error he was under

Part 2, Ch. 72.3
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza part ways with Don Álvaro as each takes a different road.

Part 2, Ch. 72.3 · Evening came

Don Quixote Sancho Panza Don Álvaro Tarfe

Don Álvaro was to follow. In this short interval Don Quixote told him of his unfortunate defeat, and of Dulcinea’s enchantment and the remedy, all which threw Don Álvaro into fresh amazement, and embracing Don Quixote and Sancho, he went his way, and Don Quixote went his.

Part 2, Ch. 72.3
Sancho Panza completes his penance, making Don Quixote exceedingly joyful.

Part 2, Ch. 72.3 · in the course of the night

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

in the course of the night Sancho finished off his task, whereat Don Quixote was beyond measure joyful.

Part 2, Ch. 72.3
Don Quixote and Sancho Panza resume their journey and set out toward their village.

Part 2, Ch. 72.3 · That day and night

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

With this they descended the slope and directed their steps to their village.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1
Sancho buys the cricket cage and declares the ominous signs broken.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1

Sancho Panza Don Quixote

Sancho took out four cuartos from his pocket and gave them to the boy for the cage, which he placed in Don Quixote’s hands, saying, “There, señor! there are the omens broken and destroyed, and they have no more to do with our affairs, to my thinking, fool as I am, than with last year’s clouds; and if I remember rightly I have heard the curate of our village say that it does not become Christians or sensible people to give any heed to these silly things; and even you yourself said the same to me some time ago, telling me that all Christians who minded omens were fools; but there’s no need of making words about it; let us push on and go into our village.”

Part 2, Ch. 73.1
Don Quixote and Sancho enter their village accompanied by the curate and Samson Carrasco.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1 · 📍 [[the town]]

Don Quixote Sancho Panza the curate Samson Carrasco

So at length, with the boys capering round them, and accompanied by the curate and the bachelor, they made their entrance into the town, and proceeded to Don Quixote’s house

Part 2, Ch. 73.1
Don Quixote returns home and is left in the care of his niece and housekeeper.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1 · 📍 [[Don Quixote’s house]]

Don Quixote the housekeeper the niece

leaving Don Quixote in his, in the hands of his niece and housekeeper, and in the company of the curate and the bachelor.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1
Sancho reunites with Teresa and Sanchica and returns with them to their house.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1

Sancho Panza Teresa Panza Sanchica

she with her hair all loose and half naked, dragging Sanchica her daughter by the hand, ran out to meet her husband

Part 2, Ch. 73.1
Sancho returns claiming he has brought money earned through his own industry.

Part 2, Ch. 73.1

Sancho Panza

I bring money, and that’s the main thing, got by my own industry without wronging anybody.”

Part 2, Ch. 73.2
Don Quixote reveals his defeat and commits to remain in his village for a year.

Part 2, Ch. 73.2 · for a year

Don Quixote Samson Carrasco the curate

Don Quixote at once, without any regard to time or season, withdrew in private with the bachelor and the curate, and in a few words told them of his defeat, and of the engagement he was under not to quit his village for a year, which he meant to keep to the letter without departing a hair’s breadth from it

Part 2, Ch. 73.2
Don Quixote decides to abandon knight-errantry temporarily and become a shepherd.

Part 2, Ch. 73.2 · for that year

Don Quixote

and of how he thought of turning shepherd for that year, and taking his diversion in the solitude of the fields, where he could with perfect freedom give range to his thoughts of love while he followed the virtuous pastoral calling

Part 2, Ch. 73.2
Samson Carrasco and the curate agree to share Don Quixote’s pastoral life.

Part 2, Ch. 73.2 · in the course of the year

Samson Carrasco the curate Don Quixote

Both were astounded at Don Quixote’s new craze; however, lest he should once more make off out of the village from them in pursuit of his chivalry, they trusting that in the course of the year he might be cured, fell in with his new project, applauded his crazy idea as a bright one, and offered to share the life with him.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
Don Quixote develops a fever and remains bedridden, approaching death.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1 · for six days

Don Quixote

a fever settled upon him and kept him in his bed for six days

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
Don Quixote awakens with his reason restored after prolonged sleep.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1 · at the end of that time

Don Quixote

But at the end of that time he woke up, and in a loud voice exclaimed, “Blessed be Almighty God, who has shown me such goodness.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
Don Quixote renounces chivalric romances and recognizes the folly they caused.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1

Don Quixote

My reason is now free and clear, rid of the dark shadows of ignorance that my unhappy constant study of those detestable books of chivalry cast over it.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
Don Quixote declares that he is Alonso Quixano rather than Don Quixote of La Mancha.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1

Don Quixote

I am no longer Don Quixote of La Mancha, but Alonso Quixano, whose way of life won for him the name of Good.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
Don Quixote requests confession and a notary to prepare his will.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1

Don Quixote the curate

let me have a confessor to confess me, and a notary to make my will

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
The curate hears Don Quixote's confession as he prepares to die.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1 · while the curate is confessing me

Don Quixote the curate

The curate turned them all out, and left alone with him confessed him.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1
The curate confirms that Don Quixote is dying and has regained his reason.

Part 2, Ch. 74.1 · The confession over

Don Quixote the curate

Alonso Quixano the Good is indeed dying, and is indeed in his right mind

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Don Quixote forgives Sancho’s debts and bequeaths him any remaining balance.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2

Don Quixote Sancho Panza

Item, it is my will that, touching certain moneys in the hands of Sancho Panza (whom in my madness I made my squire), inasmuch as between him and me there have been certain accounts and debits and credits, no claim be made against him, nor any account demanded of him in respect of them; but that if anything remain over and above, after he has paid himself what I owe him, the balance, which will be but little, shall be his, and much good may it do him;

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Don Quixote regains his sanity and renounces his former identity as a knight-errant.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2

Don Quixote

I was mad, now I am in my senses; I was Don Quixote of La Mancha, I am now, as I said, Alonso Quixano the Good;

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Don Quixote leaves all his property to Antonia Quixana after satisfying his bequests.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2

the niece Don Quixote

Item, I leave all my property absolutely to Antonia Quixana my niece, here present, after all has been deducted from the most available portion of it that may be required to satisfy the bequests I have made.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Don Quixote orders payment of the housekeeper’s wages and an additional twenty ducats for a gown.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2

the housekeeper Don Quixote

And the first disbursement I desire to be made is the payment of the wages I owe for the time my housekeeper has served me, with twenty ducats, over and above, for a gown.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Don Quixote appoints the curate and Samson Carrasco as executors of his will.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2

the curate Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

The curate and the bachelor Samson Carrasco, now present, I appoint my executors.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Don Quixote receives the sacraments, rejects chivalric books, and dies peacefully in bed.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2 · At last

Don Quixote

At last Don Quixote’s end came, after he had received all the sacraments, and had in full and forcible terms expressed his detestation of books of chivalry.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
The curate has the notary certify that Don Quixote died naturally and had passed from life.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2 · On perceiving it

the curate Don Quixote

On perceiving it the curate begged the notary to bear witness that Alonso Quixano the Good, commonly called Don Quixote of La Mancha, had passed away from this present life, and died naturally;

Part 2, Ch. 74.2
Samson Carrasco composes an epitaph for the deceased Don Quixote.

Part 2, Ch. 74.2

Samson Carrasco Don Quixote

Samson Carrasco, however, put the following lines:

Read all of Don Quixote in Rho MD

← Search more on Rho Cloud